83_FR_18240 83 FR 18160 - Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test Rules

83 FR 18160 - Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test Rules

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 80 (April 25, 2018)

Page Range18160-18188
FR Document2018-08006

The Board is inviting comment on a notice of proposed rulemaking (proposal) that would integrate the Board's regulatory capital rule (capital rule) and the Board's Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and stress test rules in order to simplify the capital regime applicable to firms subject to the capital plan rule. The proposal would amend the Board's capital plan rule, capital rule, and stress testing rules, and make amendments to the Stress Testing Policy Statement that was proposed for public comment on December 15, 2017. Under the proposal, the Board's supervisory stress test would be used to establish the size of a stress capital buffer requirement and a stress leverage buffer requirement. The proposal would apply to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets and U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign banking organizations established pursuant to Regulation YY. The proposal would not apply to any community bank, any bank holding company with total consolidated assets of less than $50 billion, or to any state member bank or savings and loan holding company. The proposal would be effective on December 31, 2018. Under the proposal, a firm's first stress capital buffer and stress leverage buffer requirements would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 80 (Wednesday, April 25, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 80 (Wednesday, April 25, 2018)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 18160-18188]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-08006]



[[Page 18159]]

Vol. 83

Wednesday,

No. 80

April 25, 2018

Part III





 Federal Reserve System





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252





 Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test 
Rules; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 18160]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252

[Regulations Q, Y, and YY; Docket No. R-1603]
RIN 7100-AF 02


Amendments to the Regulatory Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress 
Test Rules

AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking with request for comment.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Board is inviting comment on a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (proposal) that would integrate the Board's regulatory 
capital rule (capital rule) and the Board's Comprehensive Capital 
Analysis and Review (CCAR) and stress test rules in order to simplify 
the capital regime applicable to firms subject to the capital plan 
rule. The proposal would amend the Board's capital plan rule, capital 
rule, and stress testing rules, and make amendments to the Stress 
Testing Policy Statement that was proposed for public comment on 
December 15, 2017. Under the proposal, the Board's supervisory stress 
test would be used to establish the size of a stress capital buffer 
requirement and a stress leverage buffer requirement. The proposal 
would apply to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total 
consolidated assets and U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign 
banking organizations established pursuant to Regulation YY. The 
proposal would not apply to any community bank, any bank holding 
company with total consolidated assets of less than $50 billion, or to 
any state member bank or savings and loan holding company. The proposal 
would be effective on December 31, 2018. Under the proposal, a firm's 
first stress capital buffer and stress leverage buffer requirements 
would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.

DATES: Comments must be received by June 25, 2018.

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by [Docket No. R-1603 
and RIN 7100-AF 02] by any of the following methods:
     Agency Website: http://www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the 
instructions for submitting comments at http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx.
     Email: [email protected]. Include the 
docket number and RIN number in the subject line of the message.
     Fax: (202) 452-3819 or (202) 452-3102.
     Mail: Address to Ann E. Misback, Secretary, Board of 
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution 
Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551.
    All public comments will be made available on the Board's website 
at http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx as 
submitted, unless modified for technical reasons or to remove sensitive 
PII at the commenter's request. Public comments may also be viewed 
electronically or in paper form in Room 3515, 1801 K Street NW (between 
18th and 19th Streets NW), Washington, DC 20006 between 9:00 a.m. and 
5:00 p.m. on weekdays.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lisa Ryu, Associate Director, (202) 
263-4833, Constance Horsley, Deputy Associate Director, (202) 452-5239, 
(202) 475-6316, Juan Climent, Manager (202) 872-7526, Christine Graham, 
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3005, Page Conkling, 
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 912-4647, Joseph Cox, 
Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3216, or Hillel Kipnis, 
Senior Financial Analyst, (202) 452-2924, Division of Banking 
Supervision and Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough, Assistant General 
Counsel, (202) 452-2036, Julie Anthony, Counsel, (202) 475-6682, Mark 
Buresh, Senior Attorney, (202) 452-5270, Asad Kudiya, Senior Attorney, 
(202) 475-6358, or Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452-3722, Legal 
Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street 
and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551. Users of 
Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263-4869.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents

I. Background and Summary of the Proposal
    A. Description of the Capital Plan and Capital Rules
    B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress Testing Programs
    C. Actions Following the CCAR Review
    D. Summary of Proposal
II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
    A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer Requirements
    B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the 
Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
    C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
    D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan Rule
    A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
    B. Requirements for a Firm's Planned Capital Distributions
    C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for Reviewing Capital Plans 
and Calculating the Stress Buffer Requirements
    D. Requests for Reconsideration
    E. Capital Plan Resubmission and Circumstances Warranting 
Recalculation of the Stress Buffer Requirements
IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and Explanation of the 
Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer 
Requirements
    A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
    B. Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress 
Buffer Requirements
V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules
VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports
VII. Administrative Law Matters
    A. Paperwork Reduction Act
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain Language

I. Background and Summary of the Proposal

A. Description of the Capital Plan and Capital Rules

    The resiliency of large financial institutions is critical to the 
stability of the financial sector. As shown in the 2007-2008 financial 
crisis, problems at large financial institutions can lead to 
significant market disruption, spread rapidly throughout the financial 
system, and cause a credit crunch, worsening economic downturns. To be 
resilient, a financial institution must maintain sufficient levels of 
capital to support the risks associated with its exposures and 
activities. In the years leading up to the financial crisis, neither 
the regulatory capital regime nor financial institutions' own models 
sufficiently captured the actual risk exposures of financial 
institutions, resulting in a level of capital that was inadequate to 
cover losses as conditions deteriorated, putting the economic activity 
at risk.
    The risks to the ability of the financial system to support 
economic growth were exacerbated by actions taken by firms during the 
crisis. Rather than conserve loss-absorbing resources, many firms 
continued to distribute capital to shareholders in an attempt to 
reassure the market of their health and resiliency. Further, the lack 
of transparency into firms' actual risk profiles during the crisis 
increased uncertainty, left counterparties unable to distinguish 
between healthy and unhealthy banks, and prompted a large and sudden 
reaction from the markets as the full scale of risks was revealed. The 
systematic loss of confidence in the banking sector that ensued led to 
sharply tighter credit conditions for businesses and households and 
caused extreme strains in crucial markets; the economic consequences 
prompted

[[Page 18161]]

public sector intervention by the Congress, U.S. Treasury, Board,\1\ 
and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to avoid further 
deterioration and restore economic activity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ References to the Board in this preamble may also refer to 
the Federal Reserve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    At the height of the crisis, the Board turned to stress testing, 
under the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP), to determine 
potential losses at the largest firms if the prevailing stress severely 
worsened and to restore confidence in the financial sector.\2\ Building 
on the success of the SCAP, the Board introduced the current stress 
testing regime and CCAR to assess whether the largest firms have 
sufficient capital to continue to lend and absorb potential losses 
under severely adverse conditions, and to ensure that they have sound, 
forward-looking capital planning practices.\3\ The Board publishes the 
results of its stress tests and assessment of firms' capital planning 
practices, which enhances market discipline.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ SCAP applied to domestic bank holding companies with $100 
billion or more in total consolidated assets.
    \3\ The changes in this proposal would apply to bank holding 
companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, any 
nonbank financial company supervised by the Board that becomes 
subject to the capital planning requirements pursuant to a rule or 
order of the Board, and to U.S. intermediate holding companies 
established pursuant to the Board's Regulation YY (12 CFR part 252) 
in accordance with the transition provisions under the capital plan 
rule. Currently, no nonbank financial companies supervised by the 
Board are subject to the capital planning requirements. References 
to ``bank holding companies'' or ``firms'' in this preamble should 
be read to include all of these companies, unless otherwise 
specified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board adopted the capital plan rule in 2011, which requires 
each bank holding company with $50 billion or more in total 
consolidated assets to submit an annual capital plan to the Board.\4\ 
The Board may limit a firm's capital distributions under the rule if 
the Board finds deficiencies in the firm's capital plan or pro forma 
post-stress level of capital.\5\ As part of CCAR, the Board evaluates 
the ability of each of the largest bank holding companies to maintain 
capital above minimum regulatory capital requirements under expected 
and stressful conditions, assuming that a firm makes all planned 
capital actions (for example, dividends, capital issuances, and 
repurchases of capital instruments) that are in its capital plan 
(supervisory post-stress capital assessment).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ See 12 CFR 225.8. A firm's capital plan must include (i) an 
assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over the 
planning horizon; (ii) a detailed description of the firm's 
processes for assessing capital adequacy; (iii) the firm's capital 
policy; and (iv) a discussion of any expected changes to the firm's 
business plan that could materially affect its capital adequacy. A 
firm may be required to include other information and analysis 
relevant to its capital planning processes and internal capital 
adequacy assessment.
    \5\ 12 CFR 225.8(f). As discussed below, a large and noncomplex 
firm is no longer subject to the qualitative assessment in CCAR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) requires the Board to adopt enhanced 
capital standards, including supervisory stress tests, company-run 
stress tests, and enhanced risk-based and leverage capital 
requirements, for bank holding companies with total consolidated assets 
of $50 billion or more. The enhanced prudential standards that the 
Board adopts pursuant to section 165 must increase in stringency based 
on the systemic importance of the firm. The Board's supervisory stress 
test conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act evaluates whether firms 
have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of 
economic and financial stress using firm-provided data and a common set 
of scenarios, models, and assumptions.\6\ In the company-run stress 
tests, firms use the same scenarios that the Board uses to conduct the 
supervisory stress tests.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ The supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR is 
based on the supervisory stress test conducted pursuant to the Dodd-
Frank Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similar to the Board's capital planning and stress testing rules, 
the Board's capital rule also addresses weaknesses observed during the 
2007-2008 financial crisis. In 2013, the Board adopted a final rule 
that revised the Board's risk-based and leverage capital requirements 
for firms.\7\ The revisions to the Board's capital rule strengthened 
the quality and quantity of capital held by firms by implementing, 
among other changes, a new minimum common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital 
requirement, a higher minimum tier 1 capital requirement, and capital 
buffer requirements above the minimum requirements. A firm must 
maintain risk-based capital ratios in excess of the minimum plus buffer 
requirements in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions and 
certain discretionary bonus payments.\8\ In addition, the Board adopted 
a supplementary leverage ratio that measures capital against on- and 
off-balance sheet exposures for firms with total consolidated assets 
greater than or equal to $250 billion or total consolidated on-balance 
sheet foreign exposures of at least $10 billion, or that otherwise meet 
the conditions set forth in 12 CFR 217.100(b).\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ 78 FR 62018 (October 11, 2013), adopted as 12 CFR part 217 
(Regulation Q) and subsequently amended.
    \8\ The limitations apply to discretionary bonus payments made 
to executive officers of a banking organization.
    \9\ 12 CFR part 217.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In July 2015, the Board adopted the GSIB surcharge rule as part of 
its implementation of section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act.\10\ The GSIB 
surcharge rule establishes the criteria for identifying a GSIB and the 
methods that those firms must use to calculate a risk-based capital 
surcharge, which is calibrated to each firm's overall systemic risk and 
which expands the capital conservation buffer requirement for these 
firms.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ 12 CFR part 217, subpart H; 80 FR 49082 (August 14, 2015).
    \11\ In addition, a GSIB must maintain a supplementary leverage 
ratio in excess of 5 percent in order to avoid limitations on 
capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. 79 FR 24528 
(May 1, 2014) (revised 80 FR 49082 (August 14, 2015)).
    The Board expects to release a proposal that would recalibrate 
the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards for GSIBs and 
their state member bank insured depository institution subsidiaries. 
The proposal would set the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio 
standards to 3 percent plus one half of the GSIB surcharge 
applicable to the bank holding company. That proposal would amend 
the Board's capital rule, as well as make conforming changes to the 
Board's total loss-absorbing capacity rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Strengthening the regulatory capital regime, including the 
introduction of capital planning and stress testing requirements, has 
been an important supervisory response to the financial crisis. Stress 
testing makes the capital regime more forward-looking, risk-sensitive, 
and firm-specific. As a result of this program and the enhancements 
made to the Board's regulatory capital regime, large U.S. bank holding 
companies are much more resilient to stress than in the past. Common 
equity capital levels among the nation's largest bank holding companies 
have risen by over $720 billion since 2009, making U.S. firms among the 
strongest in the world.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ Staff calculations based on the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for Holding Companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress Testing Programs

    The Board periodically reevaluates its programs to ensure that they 
remain effective and that unintended consequences are minimized. 
Accordingly, the Board has reviewed the CCAR program to assess its 
effectiveness and to identify any areas that should be refined (CCAR 
review). The CCAR review included an internal assessment as well as a 
series of feedback meetings with outside parties. The participants in 
such meetings included senior management from firms currently subject 
to the capital plan rule, debt and equity market analysts,

[[Page 18162]]

representatives from public interest groups, and academics in the 
fields of economics and finance. The Board also examined the 
interaction between the capital rule and its capital planning and 
stress testing rules.
    Some participants in the CCAR review expressed support for 
increasing post-stress capital requirements by the amount of the GSIB 
surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer amount, arguing that such 
buffer requirements are intended to further macroprudential and 
countercyclical objectives in a manner that is not currently addressed 
directly in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment. On the 
other hand, some participants argued it would not be appropriate to 
increase post-stress minimum requirements by the GSIB surcharge because 
it would treat the GSIB surcharge as a minimum capital requirement 
rather than as a buffer as intended in the capital rule and because the 
supervisory post-stress capital assessment already includes scenario 
components that, historically, were only applicable to GSIBs.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ The supervisory stress test includes a trading and 
counterparty component (the global market shock) and large 
counterparty default scenario component. Historically, the global 
market shock has included six U.S. GSIBs with significant trading 
activity. However, in December 2017, additional firms were 
identified as having ``significant trading activity,'' and beginning 
in 2019, will be subject to the global market shock. The large 
counterparty default scenario component has been applied to the 
firms with the largest derivatives exposures and securities 
financing transaction activities, which to date, has included the 
eight U.S. GSIBs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Participants in the CCAR review also raised concerns about the 
interactions between the capital rule and the supervisory post-stress 
capital assessment. The supervisory post-stress capital assessment 
includes an assumption that a firm makes all planned capital 
distributions, reflecting the historical experience from the financial 
crisis in which the largest banking organizations continued to 
repurchase shares and pay dividends to shareholders well after the 
financial system came under severe stress.\14\ Some participants in the 
CCAR review argued that the Board should not assume in the supervisory 
post-stress capital assessment that a firm continues to make all of its 
planned capital distributions if the capital distributions would not be 
permitted under the capital rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ Beverly Hirtle, ``Bank Holding Company Dividends and 
Repurchases during the Financial Crisis,'' FRBNY Staff Report, 
(April 2016), www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/staff_reports/sr666.pdf and Viral V. Acharya, Irvind Gujral, 
Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin, ``Dividends and Bank Capital in 
the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009,'' (March 2011) NBER Working Paper 
No. 16896, www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Some participants in the CCAR review viewed other assumptions in 
the supervisory post-stress capital assessment as unrealistic and 
overly conservative. Since the 2014 CCAR cycle, in projecting a firm's 
balance sheet, the supervisory stress test has included the assumption 
that credit supply does not contract. This assumption furthered the 
Board's macroprudential objectives by evaluating whether firms could 
pass the supervisory post-stress capital assessment while continuing to 
lend and support the real economy. In implementing this assumption, the 
Board used a model calibrated to historical data that tended to project 
that a firm's balance sheet and risk-weighted assets would grow over 
the planning horizon, even in the severely adverse scenario.\15\ Some 
participants in the CCAR review argued that this assumption is overly 
conservative, and suggested that the Board modify this growth 
assumption to account for certain portfolios where it is unrealistic 
(such as legacy portfolios).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ See the Board's letter regarding the Federal Reserve's 
independent balance sheet and risk-weighted asset projections 
(December 16, 2013) available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/independent-projections-letter-20131216.pdf. This letter includes 
information on historical experiences of banking assets in past 
recessions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board received other feedback from participants in the CCAR 
review regarding changes to its processes associated with CCAR. For 
example, participants recommended further enhancing the transparency of 
the supervisory post-stress capital assessment and eliminating the 
heightened supervisory scrutiny of a capital plan that includes a 
dividend payout ratio of more than 30 percent.

C. Actions Following the CCAR Review

    The Board has identified several areas where the capital plan rule 
and CCAR could be further refined or improved, including by reducing 
burden for non-GSIBs subject to CCAR; addressing the role of the GSIB 
surcharge in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment; addressing 
inconsistencies between the assumptions in the supervisory stress test 
and the distribution limitations in the capital rule; eliminating one 
or more post-stress capital ratio minimums in CCAR; and simplifying 
certain supervisory stress test assumptions.
    In January 2017, the Board adopted a rule to reduce the burden 
associated with the qualitative aspects of CCAR for less complex firms. 
Under that rule, firms that are not identified as GSIBs and that have 
average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more but less than 
$250 billion and total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion (large 
and noncomplex firms) are no longer subject to the provisions of the 
capital plan rule whereby the Board may object to a firm's capital plan 
on the basis of qualitative deficiencies in the firm's capital planning 
process.\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ The capital planning processes for these large and 
noncomplex firms would be evaluated through the regular supervisory 
process. See 81 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, in December 2017, the Board released a package of 
proposals that would increase the transparency of the supervisory 
stress test.\17\ The package included three proposals for public 
comment: (1) Enhanced model disclosure that would provide additional 
detail about the supervisory stress test models and how they function; 
(2) a Stress Testing Policy Statement that would provide the key 
principles and policies that govern the Board's approach to model 
development, implementation, use, and validation in the supervisory 
stress test; and (3) an amendment to the Board's Policy Statement on 
the Scenario Design Framework for Stress Testing (Scenario Design 
Policy Statement) that would make the scenario development process more 
countercyclical.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ See 82 FR 59529 (December 15, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Summary of Proposal

    The capital rule and capital plan rule each place separate 
limitations on firms' capital distributions to address the fact that 
many firms made significant distributions of capital in the lead up to 
and during the crisis without fully considering the effects that a 
prolonged economic downturn could have on their capital adequacy. Under 
the capital rule, a firm is subject to one or more buffer requirements 
above its minimum capital requirements and becomes subject to 
increasingly strict limitations on the distributions and bonus payments 
as its capital ratios decline below the buffer requirements toward the 
minimum capital requirements. Under the capital plan rule, a firm is 
required to follow the capital distributions included in its capital 
plan and, except in limited circumstances, seek the Board's approval 
before making additional capital distributions.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ The Board may object to the capital plan of a firm that 
does not demonstrate an ability to maintain capital levels above 
minimum regulatory capital requirements on a pro forma basis under 
expected and stressful conditions. A firm receiving such an 
objection can make only those capital distributions permitted by the 
Board. In assessing a firm's capital plan under the capital plan 
rule, the Federal Reserve assumes that the firm makes all planned 
capital actions (e.g. dividends and issuances and repurchases of 
capital instruments) even in the severely adverse scenario.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18163]]

    The proposal would use the results of the annual supervisory stress 
test to size specific buffer requirements above minimum capital 
requirements that restrict capital distributions under the capital rule 
and establish a single approach to capital distribution limitations, 
effectively integrating the capital rule and the capital plan rule. 
Integrating the two capital regimes would simplify the Board's overall 
approach to capital regulation. The proposal would replace the static 
2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets portion of the capital conservation 
buffer requirement under the standardized approach with a stress 
capital buffer requirement, which is forward-looking, risk-sensitive, 
and firm-specific. The proposal would also establish a stress leverage 
buffer requirement in addition to the minimum 4 percent tier 1 leverage 
ratio requirement.\19\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ The leverage ratio is the ratio of a firm's tier 1 capital 
to its average total consolidated assests.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A firm would be required to maintain capital ratios above its 
minimum plus its buffer requirements in order to avoid restrictions on 
its capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. A firm 
would be bound by the most stringent distribution limitations, if any, 
as determined by the firm's standardized approach capital conservation 
buffer requirement (as defined below), the firm's stress leverage 
buffer requirement and, if applicable, the firm's advanced approaches 
capital conservation buffer requirement and enhanced supplementary 
leverage ratio standard. The stress capital buffer and stress leverage 
buffer requirements (together, the stress buffer requirements) are 
described in greater detail in section II.
    As noted, participants in the CCAR review observed an inconsistency 
between the distribution limitations of the capital rule and the 
distribution assumptions used in the supervisory post-stress capital 
assessment. To address this inconsistency, certain assumptions used in 
the supervisory stress test would be modified as part of the proposal. 
Specifically, in calculating the stress buffer requirements, the 
proposal would remove the current assumption that a firm would make all 
planned capital distributions over the planning horizon, including any 
planned common stock dividends and repurchases of common stock. 
Instead, the stress buffer requirements would include only four 
quarters of planned common stock dividends in order to preserve the 
current incentives for a firm to engage in disciplined, forward-looking 
dividend planning. The stress buffer requirements would include 
dividends--but not repurchases--based on the experience in the recent 
financial crisis, when large bank holding companies began to reduce 
share repurchases early in the crisis but continued to pay dividends at 
nearly the pre-crisis rate through 2008.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ Hirtle, Beverly, ``Bank Holding Company Dividends and 
Repurchases during the Financial Crisis,'' FRBNY Staff Report, 
(April 2016), www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/staff_reports/sr666.pdf. And Viral V. Acharya, Irvind Gujral, 
Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin, ``Dividends and Bank Capital in 
the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009,'' (March 2011) NBER Working Paper 
No. 16896, http://www.nber.org/papers/w16896.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition, the Board would also adjust the methodology used in 
the supervisory stress test to assume that the firm takes actions to 
maintain a constant level of assets, including loans, trading assets, 
and securities over the planning horizon. As a related matter, the 
Board would assume that a firm's risk-weighted assets and leverage 
ratio denominator generally remain unchanged over the planning 
horizon.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ The leverage ratio denominator is equal to the difference 
between projected total consolidated assets and amounts projected to 
be deducted from tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and 
(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board would further modify certain elements of CCAR to reflect 
the introduction of the proposed stress buffer requirements. 
Specifically, the proposal would remove the quantitative objection in 
CCAR and instead rely on the capital rule's automatic restrictions on 
capital distributions that are triggered if a firm breaches its buffer 
requirements. For firms subject to supervision by the Board's Large 
Institution Supervision Coordination Committee (LISCC firms) and other 
large and complex firms,\22\ the Board would retain the CCAR 
qualitative supervisory review and the ability to object to a firm's 
capital plan on qualitative grounds based on the adequacy of the firm's 
capital planning processes (qualitative objection).\23\ The Board would 
also eliminate the 30 percent dividend payout ratio as a criterion for 
heightened scrutiny of a firm's capital plan. Incorporating four 
quarters of planned common stock dividends in the stress buffer 
requirements would provide sufficient incentive for prudent dividend 
payouts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ A list of the current LISCC portfolio firms is available at 
www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/large-institution-supervision.htm. Those LISCC firms that are currently subject to the 
capital plan rule are: Bank of America Corporation; The Bank of New 
York Mellon Corporation; Barclays PLC; Citigroup Inc.; Credit Suisse 
Group AG; Deutsche Bank AG; The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.; JP Morgan 
Chase & Co.; Morgan Stanley; State Street Corporation; UBS AG; and 
Wells Fargo & Company. Large and complex firms include any bank 
holding company that has average total consolidated assets of at 
least $250 billion or average total nonbank assets of at least $75 
billion.
    \23\ See 82 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal would continue to require a firm to describe its 
planned capital distributions in its capital plan and not exceed those 
planned capital distributions. Further, as described in section III.B 
of this preamble, a firm's planned capital distributions would need to 
be consistent with the effective capital distribution limitations that 
would apply under the firm's own baseline financial projections (BHC 
baseline scenario).
    As discussed in detail in section II.D of this preamble, the Board 
estimates that non-GSIBs subject to CCAR would generally need to hold 
less capital under the proposal, as compared with the current 
supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR, which is the 
binding constraint for most of these firms. In contrast, the Board 
estimates based on the most recent CCAR results the proposal would 
generally maintain or in some cases increase CET1 capital requirements 
for GSIBs. However, the Board's estimates suggest that no firm that 
participated in recent CCAR exercises would need to raise additional 
capital in order to avoid the proposal's limitations on capital 
distributions. The impact of the proposal will vary throughout the 
economic cycle.

II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer Requirements

    As a general matter, capital buffer requirements are designed to 
help ensure that a firm maintains an adequate amount of loss-absorbing 
capital to stay above minimum regulatory requirements during stress. 
The capital buffer requirements restrict a firm's ability to distribute 
capital as the firm's actual capital levels approach minimum 
ratios.\24\ These requirements therefore strengthen the ability of 
individual firms and the banking system to continue to function and to 
serve as financial intermediaries in times of stress.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ Under the capital rule, a firm's maximum amount of capital 
distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments during the 
current calendar quarter are based on its applicable maximum payout 
ratio multiplied by the firm's eligible retained income. The maximum 
payout ratio declines as a firm's capital ratio approaches the 
minimum requirement. Eligible retained income is defined as net 
income attributable to the institution for the four calendar 
quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, net of any 
distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in 
net income.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18164]]

    Under the current capital rule, a firm's capital conservation 
buffer requirement is equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets plus 
any applicable GSIB surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer 
amount. The proposal would replace the 2.5 percent of risk-weighted 
assets with a stress capital buffer requirement, for firms subject to 
the supervisory stress test. A firm's stress capital buffer requirement 
would be tailored to its risk profile and potential vulnerability to 
stress. The firm's capital conservation buffer requirement under the 
standardized approach would be equal to its stress capital buffer and 
any applicable GSIB surcharge plus any applicable countercyclical 
capital buffer amount (standardized approach capital conservation 
buffer requirement).
    Currently, a firm subject to the advanced approaches calculates a 
given risk-based capital ratio under both the standardized and advanced 
approaches, and uses the lower of the two ratios as its operative 
ratio. Under the proposal, a firm would continue to calculate a given 
risk-based capital ratio under both the standardized and advanced 
approaches, and would calculate a different capital conservation buffer 
requirement for each. The capital conservation buffer requirement under 
the advanced approaches would be equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted 
assets (rather than the stress capital buffer requirement) plus any 
applicable GSIB surcharge plus any applicable countercyclical capital 
buffer amount (advanced approaches capital conservation buffer 
requirement). To date, the Board has not used or required the use of 
the capital rule's advanced approaches in the supervisory stress test 
due to the significant resources required to implement the advanced 
approaches on a pro forma basis and due to the complexity and 
opaqueness associated with introducing the advanced approaches in 
supervisory stress test projections. In addition, both the supervisory 
stress test and the advanced approaches are calibrated to reflect tail-
risks; thus it could be duplicative to require a firm to meet the 
requirements of the advanced approaches on a post-stress basis.
    For firms subject to the capital plan rule, the proposal would 
introduce a stress leverage buffer requirement in addition to the 4 
percent minimum tier 1 leverage ratio requirement. This stress leverage 
buffer requirement would help to maintain the current complementary 
relationship between the risk-based and leverage capital requirements 
in normal and stressful conditions. In addition, it would continue the 
current practice of evaluating a firm's vulnerability to declines in 
its leverage ratio under stressful conditions.
    The proposal would not, however, extend the stress buffer concept 
to the supplementary leverage ratio. A single stress leverage buffer, 
applicable to all firms, would provide a sufficient backstop and avoid 
adding additional complexity.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ GSIBs would continue to be subject to an enhanced 
supplementary leverage ratio standard under the capital rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A firm would need to maintain capital ratios above all minimum and 
buffer requirements to avoid restrictions on its capital distributions 
and discretionary bonus payments. A firm would be subject to the most 
stringent distribution limitations, if any, as determined by the firm's 
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement, the 
firm's stress leverage buffer requirement and, if applicable, the 
firm's advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and 
the enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standard.
    The Board's supervisory stress test conducted under Regulation YY 
would be used to size each firm's stress buffer requirements. The 
stress buffer requirements would be calculated under the supervisory 
stress test's severely adverse scenario, designed in accordance with 
the Policy Statement on the Scenario Design Framework for Stress 
Testing. As described in appendix A to 12 CFR part 252, severely 
adverse scenarios are designed to be plausible, relevant, and guided in 
large part by historical experience in severe U.S. recessions.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ 12 CFR part 252, appendix A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As in the current supervisory post-stress capital assessment in 
CCAR, under the proposal, the supervisory stress test would continue to 
use a common set of scenarios, models, and assumptions across firms. 
The performance of each model used in the supervisory stress test is 
assessed using a variety of metrics and benchmarks, including benchmark 
model results, where applicable. Each model is validated annually by an 
independent supervisory model validation function. In December 2017, 
the Board issued a Stress Testing Policy Statement for public comment 
describing its approach to supervisory model development, 
implementation, use, and validation.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ See 82 FR 59528 (Dec. 15, 2017) as proposed 12 CFR part 
252, appendix B. This proposal re-proposes only section 2.7 of the 
proposed Stress Testing Policy Statement for public comment and 
proposes to add a new section 3.4 relating to a simple approach for 
projecting risk-weighted assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Each component of a firm's standardized approach capital 
conservation buffer requirement serves a distinct purpose and is 
calibrated and designed according to that purpose. The stress capital 
buffer requirement would be calibrated based on each firm's 
vulnerability to adverse economic or financial market conditions. As 
such, it would help ensure that the firm holds sufficient capital to 
continue to serve as a financial intermediary during a period of 
financial stress. The GSIB surcharge is designed to mitigate the risk 
posed to financial stability by certain large and systemic financial 
institutions, and is calibrated based on the externalities posed by 
these firms as measured by factors such as size, interconnectedness, 
and complexity. Finally, the countercyclical capital buffer is a 
macroprudential tool intended to strengthen the resiliency of financial 
firms and the financial system, by allowing the Board to raise capital 
standards when credit growth in the economy becomes excessive. Taken 
together, a firm's standardized approach capital conservation buffer 
requirement ensures that the firm has sufficient capital to continue to 
serve as a financial intermediary during stress, internalizes the cost 
that its failure would have on the broader economy, and builds capital 
when there is an elevated risk of above-normal losses.
    In the CCAR review, certain discussion participants disagreed with 
the view that the supervisory post-stress capital assessment and the 
GSIB surcharge serve different purposes because two elements of the 
Board's supervisory post-stress capital assessment, the global market 
shock and the large counterparty default scenario component, apply only 
to GSIBs. However, the global market shock and large counterparty 
default scenario component apply to any firm that has material trading, 
derivatives, and securities financing transaction activities to capture 
direct losses stemming from these activities.\28\ The market shock 
measures the trading mark-to-market losses associated with sudden 
changes in asset prices, and the large counterparty default scenario 
component measures the losses

[[Page 18165]]

associated with repricing counterparty exposures based on the market 
shock, and then assumes the default of the counterparty that represents 
the largest net exposure. These components of the current supervisory 
post-stress capital assessment (and future modified supervisory stress 
test) therefore do not capture the potential adverse impact of the 
failure of a GSIB on the financial system as a whole--the risks that 
are the basis for the GSIB surcharge.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ On December 15, 2017, the Board modified the applicability 
criteria for the global market shock to more accurately identify the 
risks and capital needs of firms participating in the supervisory 
stress test. As revised, the global market shock applies to any bank 
holding company or intermediate holding company that (1) has 
aggregate trading assets and liabilities of $50 billion or more, or 
aggregate trading assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent or more 
of total consolidated assets, and (2) is not a large and noncomplex 
firm. In this proposal, the Board proposes to move the applicability 
criteria for the global market shock from the FR Y-14 reporting form 
to Regulation YY.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As described below in section II.B of this preamble, the proposed 
stress buffer requirements would incorporate different capital action 
assumptions than are currently used in the supervisory post-stress 
capital assessment in CCAR. Those revised capital action assumptions 
would also be incorporated in the Board's supervisory stress tests and 
the company-run stress tests conducted under Regulation YY, in order to 
harmonize the publicly disclosed supervisory and company-run stress 
test results with the stress buffer requirements.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ The supervisory and company-run stress tests conducted 
under Regulation YY would not include four quarters of planned 
dividends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 1: What are the advantages and disadvantages of 
incorporating the stress capital buffer and stress leverage buffer 
requirements into the capital rule? How well does the proposal enhance 
regulatory simplicity, transparency, and efficiency for firms subject 
to the capital plan rule? What refinements or additional approaches 
should the Board consider to enhance these goals, and why? Please 
provide data on the impact of any proposed refinements or additional 
proposals.
    Question 2: What are the advantages and disadvantages of including 
or excluding the stress capital buffer requirement from the advanced 
approaches capital conservation buffer requirement when considered in 
combination with other elements of the proposal or alternatives to the 
proposal? What if any, alternatives should the Board consider and why? 
For example, should the Board consider scaling the stress capital 
buffer requirement by the ratio of a firm's standardized total risk-
weighted assets to its advanced approaches total risk-weighted assets 
in cases where the firm's advanced approaches capital ratio 
calculations are lower than its standardized capital ratio 
calculations? What are the advantages or disadvantages of such an 
approach?
    Question 3: What are the advantages or disadvantages of not 
extending the stress buffer concept to the supplementary leverage 
ratio?
    Question 4: Would modifications to the enhanced supplementary 
leverage ratio standards impact the responses to the questions above or 
any other aspect of the proposal, and if so how?
    Question 5: How should the Board contemplate the appropriate level 
of the countercyclical capital buffer in light of the proposal?
Calculation of the Proposed Stress Capital Buffer Requirement
    Under the proposal, the Board would determine a firm's stress 
capital buffer requirement as the difference between the firm's 
starting and lowest projected CET1 capital ratios under the severely 
adverse scenario in the supervisory stress test, calculated under the 
standardized approach, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount 
of the firm's planned common stock dividends to projected risk-weighted 
assets for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the planning 
horizon. The stress capital buffer requirement would be floored at 2.5 
percent of a firm's risk-weighted assets.
    Under the current capital rule, all banking organizations are 
subject to a capital conservation buffer requirement. The capital 
rule's current static 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets component of 
the capital conservation buffer requirement was calibrated to reflect 
how firms' capital positions were affected during periods of severe 
stress, including the most recent financial crisis.\30\ Placing a 2.5 
percent of risk-weighted assets floor on the stress capital buffer 
requirement would ensure a minimum level of stringency across firms of 
all sizes and complexity and that a smaller firm would not be subject 
to more a stringent buffer requirement than a firm with total 
consolidated assets of $50 billion or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ See Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, Calibrating 
regulatory minimum capital requirements and capital buffers: A top-
down approach (October 2010), available at: https://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs180.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculation of the Proposed Stress Leverage Buffer Requirement
    The stress leverage buffer requirement would be determined based on 
the same annual supervisory stress test that the Board conducts to 
determine the stress capital buffer requirement. Under the proposal, 
the Board would determine a firm's stress leverage buffer requirement 
as the difference between the firm's starting and lowest projected Tier 
1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario in the supervisory 
stress test plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of the 
firm's planned common stock dividends to projected leverage ratio 
denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the 
planning horizon. The stress leverage buffer requirement would not have 
a floor, as there is no generally applicable leverage buffer 
requirement today, and would apply to all firms subject to the capital 
plan rule.

B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Proposed 
Stress Buffer Requirements

    For the supervisory stress test used to calculate the stress buffer 
requirements, the Board proposes to revise certain assumptions it 
currently uses in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment in 
CCAR. Currently, in the CCAR post-stress capital assessment, the Board 
assumes that a firm will make all of its planned capital actions, 
including dividends and repurchases, and issuances of regulatory 
capital instruments. The proposal would narrow the set of planned 
capital actions assumed to occur in the supervisory stress test.
    The current CCAR capital distribution assumptions were introduced 
to assess whether a firm could meet minimum capital requirements during 
severe stress conditions even if the firm did not reduce its planned 
capital distributions. However, the stress buffer requirements would 
reduce the need for the assumption that a firm makes all common stock 
distributions in a stress scenario because the restriction on a firm's 
capital distributions on an ongoing basis would be a function of the 
firm's performance under stress. Accordingly, the Board would no longer 
assume that a firm makes any repurchases or redemptions of any capital 
instrument.
    However, in order to preserve the current incentives for a firm to 
engage in disciplined, forward-looking dividend planning, a firm's 
stress buffer requirements would include four quarters of planned 
common stock dividends (in the fourth through seventh quarters of the 
planning horizon), added to the projected decline in the firm's capital 
under stress. Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of planned 
dividends would preserve the current incentives for a firm to engage in 
disciplined, forward-looking dividend planning. As noted, this aspect 
of the proposal is based on the Board's experience with large bank 
holding companies' capital distribution practices during the recent 
financial crisis. Additionally, evidence in the academic literature 
generally indicates that repurchases are more flexible than

[[Page 18166]]

dividends.\31\ A reduction in dividends by a publicly-traded firm could 
be interpreted by market participants as a signal of long-run 
deterioration in firm profitability, which could lead to a negative 
stock price reaction. Hence, even if the outlook for a publicly traded 
firm has significantly worsened, public pressure and competition may 
deter the firm from reducing dividend payments. Requiring a firm to 
pre-fund one year of dividends reflects the assumption that the firm 
will strive to maintain its current level of dividends even during 
times of stress.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ See Franklin Allen and Roni Michaely (2003), ``Payout 
Policy'' in Handbook of the Economics of Finance, and Martin 
Schmalz, Joan Farre-Mensa, and Roni Michaely (2014) ``Payout 
Policy'' in Robert Jarrow (Ed.), Annual Review of Financial 
Economics.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As in the current supervisory post-stress capital assessment, the 
Board would continue to assume in the supervisory stress test that a 
firm would make payments on any instrument that qualifies as additional 
tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the stated dividend, or 
contractual interest or principal due on such instrument during the 
quarter. Based on supervisory experience, reductions in these payments 
are generally viewed by market participants as a sign of material 
weakness and firms are therefore likely to make them even under 
stressful conditions.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ 12 CFR 217.20(c) and (d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board would also generally assume in the supervisory stress 
test that a firm does not make any planned issuance of regulatory 
capital instruments, parallel to the assumption that a firm does not 
repurchase any regulatory capital instruments. However, as under the 
current capital plan rule, the supervisory stress test would include 
issuances of common or preferred stock in connection with a planned 
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is 
reflected in a firm's pro forma balance sheet estimates. Including such 
issuances, for purposes of the supervisory stress tests, would allow 
the Board to assess how a planned merger or acquisition would affect a 
firm's post-stress capital position.
    The proposal would revise the required capital action assumptions 
in the company-run stress test rules to be consistent with the proposed 
capital actions used to calculate a firm's stress buffer requirements 
and would introduce those assumptions into the supervisory stress test 
rules.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ Under the proposal, in their company-run stress test, 
covered companies would no longer include in their capital action 
assumptions: (1) Actual capital actions for the first quarter of the 
planning horizon; (2) any common stock dividends; or (3) issuance of 
common or preferred stock relating to expensed employee 
compensation. For the first quarter of the planning horizon, firms 
would include any payments on any other instrument that is eligible 
for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory capital ratio equal 
to the stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such 
instrument during the quarter. The capital action assumptions used 
in the company-run and supervisory stress tests would not include 
the four quarters of planned dividends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Since the first CCAR exercise, any capital plan implying a common 
stock dividend payout ratio above 30 percent has received heightened 
scrutiny in the qualitative assessment of each firm's capital planning 
processes. Participants in the CCAR review expressed general opposition 
to any specific cap on dividends, and argued that if a cap were deemed 
necessary, it should be higher than 30 percent. Including four quarters 
of planned dividends in a firm's stress buffer requirements as proposed 
would foster an incentive for prudent dividend payouts, removing the 
need for heightened scrutiny based on a capital plan's dividend payout 
ratio. Accordingly, in connection with this proposal, in future CCAR 
exercises the Board would eliminate the 30 percent dividend payout 
ratio as a criterion for heightened supervisory scrutiny of a firm's 
capital plan.
    In addition, in response to comments regarding the current 
assumption that a firm's credit supply does not contract, resulting in 
growth of a firm's balance sheet in stress scenarios, the Board is 
proposing to modify its Stress Testing Policy Statement to include the 
assumption that a firm takes actions to maintain its current level of 
assets, including its securities, trading assets, and loans, over the 
planning horizon (no growth assumption).\34\ The no growth assumption 
would simplify the current supervisory stress test assumptions while 
preventing firms from planning to reduce credit supply in a stress 
scenario. In addition, the proposal would clarify in the Stress Testing 
Policy Statement that, in projecting risk-weighted assets and the 
leverage ratio denominator, the Board would assume that a firm's risk-
weighted assets and leverage ratio denominator remain unchanged over 
the planning horizon except for changes primarily related to deductions 
from regulatory capital or due to changes to the Board's regulations. 
Similar to the Board's current methodology, balance sheet, risk-
weighted asset, and leverage ratio denominator projections would 
reflect the impact of a change to a firm's business plan, such as a 
planned merger or acquisition, or completed or contractually agreed-on 
divestiture.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ While the Board would assume in the supervisory post-stress 
capital assessment that a firm's balance sheet does not grow, in a 
firm's company-run stress tests, the Board expects each firm's 
projected balance sheet to be consistent with each scenario and the 
firm's business strategy.
    \35\ A firm's capital plan must include a discussion of any 
expected changes to its business plan that are likely to have a 
material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity. See 12 CFR 
225.8(e)(2)(iv).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 6: What aspects of the calculation of the stress buffer 
requirements could be modified to increase the effectiveness of the 
proposal in ensuring that firms maintain stress buffer requirements 
that are appropriately sized to withstand stressful economic and 
financial conditions while permitting such firms to continue lending 
and supporting the real economy? Please describe the advantages or 
disadvantages of any alternative approach.
    Question 7: Besides stated payments on regulatory capital 
instruments and issuance of common or preferred stock associated with a 
merger or acquisition, what, if any, other types of planned capital 
actions should the Board incorporate into the supervisory stress test 
for the purposes of calculating the stress buffer requirements, and 
why?
    Question 8: What are the advantages and disadvantages of including 
or excluding dividend payouts and certain other planned capital actions 
in the calculation of the stress buffer requirements when considered in 
combination with other elements of the proposal or alternatives to the 
proposal?
    Question 9: What, if any, additional factors beyond a planned 
divestiture, merger, or acquisition, should the Board incorporate into 
its projected changes in a firm's balance sheet or risk-weighted assets 
over the planning horizon and why?
    Question 10: What are the advantages and disadvantages of 
integrating the distribution assumptions used in calculating a firm's 
stress buffer requirements with those used in the supervisory stress 
test?

C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

    A firm's stress buffer requirements would be effective on October 1 
of each year, and remain in effect until September 30 of the following 
year, unless the firm received updated stress buffer requirements from 
the Board.\36\ The rule would be effective December 31, 2018. Under the 
proposal, a firm's

[[Page 18167]]

first stress buffer requirements would be effective on October 1, 
2019.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ A firm may receive updated stress buffer requirements in 
connection with a resubmitted capital plan or in connection with a 
request for reconsideration (as described in section III.D of this 
preamble).
    \37\ To provide a transition between the 2018 CCAR cycle and the 
first stress buffer requirement, for the period from July 1 through 
September 30, 2019, under the proposal, a firm would be authorized 
to make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-quarter 
average of capital distributions for which the Board or Reserve Bank 
indicated its non-objection in the previous capital plan cycle, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The process for determining the stress buffer requirements would be 
codified in the Board's capital plan rule (discussed further in section 
III below), and the restrictions associated with these requirements 
would be codified in the Board's capital rule (discussed further in 
section IV below).
    Question 11: What if any operational complications or challenges to 
capital planning processes would the proposed effective dates create, 
and how might the Board address these issues consistent with the goals 
of the proposal?
    Question 12: What advantages or disadvantages are associated with 
making the rule effective on December 31, 2018 and generally making the 
stress buffer requirements effective on October 1, 2019?

D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

    To avoid limitations on capital distributions under the Board's 
current rules, a firm must manage to two distinct capital regimes. 
Specifically, the firm must both (1) maintain risk-based capital ratios 
above the capital rule's minimum requirements plus the capital 
conservation buffer requirement (a GSIB must also maintain a 
supplementary leverage ratio above 5 percent), and (2) demonstrate an 
ability to maintain capital ratios above minimum regulatory capital 
requirements in the supervisory post-stress capital assessment in CCAR. 
This proposal would simplify and integrate these requirements, 
eliminating the need for firms to manage to both potential sources of 
limitations on capital distributions. In conjunction with the proposal, 
the Board would also modify certain assumptions used in the supervisory 
stress test. To assess the impact of both the integration and the 
modified assumptions, the Board reviewed the levels of capital 
currently required of each firm across the two current regimes to avoid 
limitations on capital distributions and compared the higher of those 
amounts to the estimated level of capital that would be required of 
each firm under the proposal.\38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ This analysis assumes a countercyclical capital buffer 
amount of zero, consistent with the current level as affirmed by the 
Board on December 1, 2017: www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/bcreg20171201a.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For firms with over $50 billion in assets that are not GSIBs, the 
proposal would generally result in a reduction to a firm's required 
level of capital to avoid capital distribution limitations relative to 
what is required today.\39\ This estimated reduction is attributable to 
the proposal's modified assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and 
capital distributions. While these assumptions would more appropriately 
reflect the expected performance of bank portfolios under stress, they 
would be somewhat less stringent than the assumptions currently used in 
the supervisory stress test. For GSIBs, the proposal would generally 
maintain or in some cases increase CET1 capital requirements. The 
estimated increase for these firms would occur because the capital 
conservation buffer requirement under the proposal--which, for a GSIB, 
includes both the stress capital buffer requirement and the GSIB 
surcharge--would be greater than the capital required under the current 
supervisory post-stress capital assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ In connection with this analysis, the Board analyzed the 
stress test results in CCAR 2015 through 2017. U.S. IHC subsidiaries 
of foreign banking organizations were not subject to supervisory 
stress testing for this full period, and accordingly, were excluded 
from this quantitative analysis. None of these firms is subject to 
the GSIB surcharge, and all would benefit from the modified capital 
distribution and balance sheet assumptions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    All other things being equal, the proposal generally would lower 
the amount of tier 1 capital that a firm would need to maintain with 
respect to the assessment of the leverage ratio in stress. This is 
because the modified balance sheet and distribution assumptions in the 
supervisory stress test would reduce the stringency of the Tier 1 
leverage ratio in stress and the stress leverage buffer requirement 
would not include a GSIB surcharge or any applicable countercyclical 
capital buffer amount.
    The impact of the proposal would vary through the economic and 
credit cycle based on the risk profile and planned capital 
distributions of individual firms, as well as on the specific severely 
adverse stress scenario used in the supervisory stress test. Based on 
data from CCAR 2015, 2016, and 2017, the impact of the proposal would 
range from an aggregate reduction in CET1 capital requirements of about 
$35 billion (based on 2017 data) to an aggregate increase in CET1 
capital requirements of about $40 billion (based on 2015 data). For 
GSIBs, this represents a corresponding increase in CET1 capital 
requirements of approximately $10 billion to $50 billion in aggregate, 
respectively, while non-GSIBs would have a decrease of approximately 
$45 billion to $10 billion, respectively. Had the proposal been in 
effect during recent CCAR exercises, analysis of those CCAR results and 
the current level of capital at participating firms indicates that no 
such firm would have needed to raise additional capital in order to 
avoid the proposal's limitations on capital distributions.

III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan Rule

A. Removal of Quantitative Objection

    The proposal would remove the quantitative objection from the 
capital plan rule. Under the current capital plan rule, a firm may 
receive an objection to its capital plan if the firm does not 
demonstrate the ability to maintain capital ratios above the minimum 
requirements on a post-stress basis. The proposal would replace the 
quantitative objection with the stress buffer requirements.

B. Requirements for a Firm's Planned Capital Distributions

    A focus on firms' capital planning would continue to be a key 
element of the Board's regulatory and supervisory regime. The proposal 
would continue to require a firm to describe its planned capital 
distributions in its capital plan and not exceed those planned capital 
distributions. Firms should plan to maintain capital levels above their 
minimum requirements plus relevant buffer requirements during normal 
economic periods and also to plan for capital needs during adverse 
economic conditions. These practices allow firms to continue to lend 
and operate as viable financial intermediaries even during adverse 
periods.
    To help ensure a firm engages in prudent capital planning, the firm 
would be required to limit its planned capital distributions for the 
fourth through seventh quarters of the planning horizon to those that 
would be consistent with any effective capital distribution limitations 
that would apply under the firm's own BHC baseline scenario 
projections.\40\ For

[[Page 18168]]

example, in a given calendar quarter, if a firm estimates that the 
amount of its capital conservation buffer will be less than the 
corresponding capital conservation buffer requirement, the firm would 
be required to limit its planned distributions in that quarter to those 
permitted under the capital rule. When determining conformance under 
the capital plan rule with effective capital distribution limitations 
established by the Board under the capital rule, a firm would not be 
required to consider planned discretionary bonus payments.\41\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ A firm would be required to ensure its planned capital 
distributions are consistent with any limitations on capital 
distributions it anticipates would apply in baseline conditions in 
the upcoming year. Those limitations would include the projected 
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement, 
stress leverage buffer requirement, supplementary leverage buffer 
requirement, internal and external total loss-absorbing capacity 
buffer requirements, and any capital directive established by the 
Board by order or regulation. The limitations would not be 
calculated using the advanced approaches, as a firm is not required 
to use the advanced approaches to calculate its regulatory capital 
ratios in the capital plan rule.
    \41\ The capital plan rule and corresponding regulatory reports 
do not require a firm to describe or separately identify 
discretionary bonus payments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In its capital plan, a firm would also be required to plan for all 
limitations on capital distributions in the Board's rules, except the 
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement and total 
loss-absorbing capacity buffer requirement calculated using the 
advanced approaches.\42\ In addition, a firm's GSIB surcharge and 
countercyclical capital buffer amount may vary over the planning 
horizon, consistent with the requirements of the capital rule. The 
proposal would require a firm's planned capital distributions to be 
consistent with, as applicable, the firm's current GSIB surcharge and 
countercyclical capital buffer amount, as well as any known changes to 
these items during the planning horizon. Any assumption that the GSIB 
would rapidly shrink and reduce its other measures of systemic risk 
during a stress period such that it no longer would be a GSIB would be 
inconsistent with the expectation that the GSIB remain a financial 
intermediary and continue to support the real economy. The proposal 
would therefore require a firm to assume its GSIB surcharge in the 
ninth quarter of the planning horizon is the same as its GSIB surcharge 
in the eighth quarter of the planning horizon.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ See e.g., 12 CFR 217.11, 12 CFR 252.63, 12 CFR 252.165, and 
12 CFR part 263.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For instance, a firm that became subject to a higher GSIB surcharge 
in its most recent annual surcharge calculation would use the higher 
surcharge beginning in the fifth quarter of the planning horizon (which 
would coincide with the quarter in which the higher GSIB surcharge 
would come into effect under the capital rule) and retain that amount 
through the end of the planning horizon. Otherwise, a firm would assume 
that its current GSIB surcharge applies for all quarters of the 
planning horizon (as it would not have knowledge of a decrease in its 
GSIB surcharge when it finalized its plan). With regard to the 
countercyclical capital buffer, a firm would reflect any applicable 
countercyclical capital buffer amount as established by the Board. For 
example, if the Board had established a countercyclical capital buffer 
amount beginning in the fifth quarter of the planning horizon that 
remained in effect for one year, the firm would reflect the 
countercyclical capital buffer amount in quarters five through eight of 
the planning horizon.
    Under the proposal, a firm's planned capital distributions would be 
required to be consistent with effective capital distribution 
limitations that would apply in the firm's pro forma projections under 
the BHC baseline scenario. The BHC baseline scenario would be defined 
as a scenario that reflects the bank holding company's reasonable 
expectation of the economic and financial outlook, including 
expectations related to the bank holding company's capital adequacy and 
financial condition. The firm's projections under the BHC baseline 
scenario must incorporate the firm's expected performance, business 
plan, management actions, and all planned capital actions.\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ Consistent with current practice, a firm may use the same 
baseline scenario as the supervisory baseline scenario if the bank 
holding company determines the supervisory baseline scenario 
appropriately represents its view of the most likely outlook for the 
risk factors salient to the firm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Basing capital distribution restrictions on a firm's projections in 
its BHC baseline scenario may create incentives for a firm to be overly 
optimistic about its baseline projections in order to increase the 
amount of permissible capital distributions. In order to maintain 
strong incentives for a firm to project realistic baseline earnings, 
the Board intends to monitor and evaluate a firm's quarterly 
performance relative to its baseline projections to help ensure that 
the firm adopts processes that realistically project performance and 
capital levels. A pattern of materially underperforming baseline 
projections for earnings, capital levels, or capital ratios may be 
indicative of weaknesses in the firm's capital planning and result in 
heightened scrutiny in the qualitative assessment. Additionally, as 
under the current rule, the Board may require a firm that materially 
underperforms its projected capital ratios to resubmit its capital plan 
if such underperformance results from material changes in the firm's 
risk exposures or operating conditions. Additionally, under the 
proposal, the Board would continue to be able to object to the capital 
plans of large and complex firms and LISCC firms on qualitative 
grounds.
    Further, the proposal would provide that the Board would consider 
the results of any stress test conducted by the bank holding company or 
the Board in conducting its review of a firm's capital plan, similar to 
the provision in the current capital plan rule. Those results would 
inform the Board's view of the financial condition of the firm, which 
has implications for the reasonableness and appropriateness of the 
firm's capital plan.
    Question 13: What are the advantages and disadvantages of not 
requiring a firm to project and meet the limitations of the capital 
rule regarding discretionary bonus payments on a pro forma basis?
    Question 14: What, if any, modifications should the Board make to 
the definition of BHC baseline scenario?
    Question 15: What are the advantages and disadvantages of not 
requiring a firm to make BHC baseline scenario projections that would 
enable it to evaluate whether its planned capital actions would be 
consistent with advanced approaches-based capital distribution 
restrictions, such as the advanced approaches capital conservation 
buffer requirement or the total loss absorbency capacity buffer 
requirements?

C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for Reviewing Capital Plans and 
Calculating the Stress Buffer Requirements

    Under the current capital plan rule, the Board completes its 
assessment of a firm's capital plan, including the supervisory stress 
test, by June 30. Similarly, under the proposal, the Board would 
complete the assessment of a firm's capital plan and provide each firm 
with initial notice of the firm's stress buffer requirements by June 
30. The proposal would modify certain other procedural requirements 
associated with the capital plan rule.
    Consistent with the current practice, the as-of date for the 
capital plan cycle would be December 31 of the previous calendar year, 
and the planning horizon for capital planning would be a period of nine 
consecutive quarters from that date. Firms would submit their capital 
plans and related regulatory reports by April 5. The Board generally 
would determine each firm's stress buffer requirements and conduct a 
qualitative evaluation of the capital plans of large and complex firms 
and LISCC firms in the second quarter of the year (April through June). 
By June 30, the Board generally would disclose to the public

[[Page 18169]]

each firm's stress buffer requirements and the Board's decision to 
object or not object to the capital plan of each large and complex and 
LISCC firm on qualitative grounds.
    Currently, upon completion of the supervisory stress test but 
before the disclosure of the final CCAR results, the Board provides 
each firm with the results of its post-stress capital analysis, and 
each firm has an opportunity to make a one-time adjustment to its 
planned capital actions. Similarly, under the proposal, within two 
business days of receipt of initial notice of its stress buffer 
requirements, a firm would be required to assess whether its planned 
capital distributions are consistent with the effective capital 
distribution limitations that would apply on a pro forma basis under 
the BHC baseline scenario throughout the fourth through seventh 
quarters of the planning horizon. In the event of an inconsistency, a 
firm would be required to reduce the capital distributions in its 
capital plan to be consistent with such limitations for those quarters 
of the planning horizon.\44\ A firm would be required to notify the 
Board of any reductions in capital distributions in its capital plan.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ In addition, a firm that is not required to reduce its 
planned capital distributions would be permitted to do so after 
receiving its initial notice. For instance, a firm may choose to 
reduce its planned dividends in order to lower its stress buffer 
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Each firm's updated annual stress buffer requirements would become 
effective for purposes of the capital rule on October 1. From October 1 
through September 30 of the following calendar year, a firm would not 
be permitted to exceed the amount of capital distributions in the 
firm's capital plan without prior notification to or approval from the 
Board.
    Table 1 below summarizes the key dates and actions in the annual 
capital plan cycle under the proposal.

  Table 1--Key Dates and Actions in the Annual Capital Plan Cycle Under
                              the Proposal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Date                                Action
------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31 of the preceding   As of date of the capital plan cycle.
 calendar year.
By February 15...............  Board publishes scenarios for the
                                upcoming capital plan cycle.
By April 5...................  Each firm submits its capital plan
                                (including results of the bank holding
                                company's stress tests) and relevant
                                regulatory reports.
April through June...........  Board performs its supervisory stress
                                test and calculates each firm's stress
                                buffer requirements. Concurrently, the
                                Board conducts a qualitative evaluation
                                of each large and complex and LISCC
                                firm's capital plan.
By June 30...................  The Board provides to a firm and
                                publishes initial notice of the firm's
                                stress buffer requirements, and for each
                                large and complex and LISCC firm, the
                                Board's decision to object or not object
                                to the capital plan on a qualitative
                                basis.
Within two business days of    Each firm must analyze its planned
 initial notice.                capital distributions for the period of
                                October 1 through September 30 of the
                                following calendar year, and adjust
                                downward any amount not consistent with
                                effective capital distribution
                                limitations that would apply on a pro
                                forma basis under baseline conditions,
                                and provide the Board its final planned
                                capital distributions.
October 1 through September    Effective dates of a firm's stress buffer
 30 of the following calendar   requirements.
 year.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transition to the Stress Buffer Requirement Regime
    Currently, the Board's review and approval of planned capital 
actions covers the four-quarter period between July 1 and June 30 of 
the following calendar year. Were a firm's stress buffer requirements 
to become effective on October 1, 2019, as proposed, for the period 
July 1 to September 30, 2019, a bank holding company would be 
authorized to make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-
quarter average of capital distributions to which the Board indicated 
its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle, unless otherwise 
determined by the Board. To the extent that a firm wishes to make 
additional capital distributions beyond its four-quarter average of 
capital distributions to which the Board indicated its non-objection 
for the previous capital plan cycle, it would be able to use the 
established notification or request for approval processes in the 
current capital plan rule.
    Question 16: The proposal would maintain the Board's current 
practice of providing firms with two business days to make any 
adjustments to planned capital actions to minimize the time when a firm 
has material nonpublic information. What if any challenges are posed by 
this timeframe for a firm to adjust its planned capital actions?
    Question 17: What are the advantages or disadvantages of the 
proposed transition from the current process to the proposed process? 
What if any alternative transition processes should the Board consider 
and why?

D. Requests for Reconsideration

    The proposed rule would revise the procedures for a firm to request 
reconsideration of a qualitative objection to its capital plan and 
would provide similar procedures to allow a firm to request 
reconsideration of its stress buffer requirements.
    Under the proposal, a firm that determines to request 
reconsideration of any of its stress buffer requirements or of a 
qualitative objection to its capital plan would be required to submit a 
request to the Board, and the Board would respond in writing within 30 
days. By requiring a firm to submit a request for reconsideration 
through this procedure, the proposal would provide the Board with an 
opportunity to consider justifications and additional information that 
the firm believes would support its request in light of the results of 
the Board's supervisory stress test, additional information received 
during the CCAR process, and any other relevant information. The 
proposed procedures also would provide a firm with an opportunity to 
respond to any of its stress buffer requirements and help ensure that 
the stress capital buffer requirements are appropriately sized. 
Likewise, the proposed procedures would provide a firm with an 
opportunity to respond to a qualitative objection to its capital plan, 
and to help ensure that the Board has considered all relevant aspects 
of the firm's capital planning process and capital adequacy process. 
While a firm's request for reconsideration is pending, the requirements 
under reconsideration

[[Page 18170]]

would not be final, and therefore would not be effective.
Timing and Contents of Request for Reconsideration
    The proposal would establish requirements for the timing and 
contents of a request for reconsideration. Under the proposal, a firm 
wishing to request reconsideration of a qualitative objection to its 
capital plan or any of its stress buffer requirements would be required 
to submit to the Board in writing such request within fifteen calendar 
days of receipt of notice of its objection or stress buffer 
requirements. The request would be required to include an explanation 
of why the firm believes that the objection to its capital plan or 
either of its stress buffer requirements should be reconsidered. To 
facilitate the Board's review of a firm's request for reconsideration, 
the request should identify all supporting reasons for the request. For 
information not previously provided as part of the capital plan, the 
request should include an explanation of why the information should be 
considered.
    Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the firm's request for 
reconsideration, the Board would notify the firm of its decision to 
affirm or modify any of the firm's stress buffer requirements or affirm 
or withdraw its objection to the firm's capital plan.\45\ The Board's 
response would include an explanation of its decision, including 
responses to the firm's supporting reasons and consideration of 
additional information provided.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ The Board would be able to extend the time for action on a 
request for reconsideration upon notice to the firm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed timeline is intended to provide an adequate 
opportunity for response, while ensuring that the results of the 
supervisory stress test and a firm's most recent capital plan are 
integrated into the firm's ongoing capital requirements and planned 
distributions as quickly as possible. The proposed process should 
provide the firm with an opportunity to present any issues or arguments 
in an efficient manner and allow the Board to respond to the items 
raised in the request for reconsideration taking into account the 
results of the stress test and its supervisory experience in light of 
information and arguments presented by the firm.
Effectiveness of Stress Buffer Requirements During Request for 
Reconsideration
    While a firm's request for reconsideration is pending, its stress 
buffer requirement(s) or qualitative objection to the firm's capital 
plan, if under reconsideration, would not be final, and therefore would 
not be effective.\46\ The firm generally would be able to continue to 
make capital distributions that were included in the last capital plan 
for which the firm received a non-objection.\47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ A qualitative objection to a capital plan and any of a 
firm's stress buffer requirements also would not be effective during 
the 15-day period following the notice of objection or stress buffer 
requirements but prior to the deadline for submitting a request for 
reconsideration.
    \47\ To maintain a firm's status quo during the request for 
reconsideration, if the Board has not yet indicated its non-
objection for a quarter during which a decision for a request for 
reconsideration is pending, a firm would be able to make capital 
distributions so long as these distributions do not exceed the four-
quarter average of capital distributions to which the Board 
indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board. A limitation based, in 
part, on an average of final planned capital actions for the 
previous capital plan cycle would account for variations in a firm's 
capital actions from quarter to quarter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Adjustments Following Reconsideration Determination
    In the case that the Board adjusted a firm's stress buffer 
requirements in response to a request for reconsideration of a firm's 
stress buffer requirement(s), the firm would follow the procedures 
provided for the initial notification of the stress buffer 
requirements. To enable the firm to make the capital distributions 
included in its original capital plan, if the Board reduced the firm's 
stress buffer requirements, the firm would have an opportunity to 
increase its planned capital distributions up to the amount included in 
the firm's original capital plan. A firm would be required to notify 
the Board of any adjustments in planned capital distributions.
Informal Hearing Procedures
    Currently, the capital plan rule provides that a firm that requests 
reconsideration of an objection to its capital plan may request an 
informal hearing as an alternative to requesting reconsideration of an 
objection to its capital plan. Consistent with the current capital plan 
rule, the proposal would provide a firm with an opportunity to request 
an informal hearing as part of its request for request for 
reconsideration.
    Question 18: What are the advantages and disadvantages of the 
proposed procedures for requesting reconsideration of a qualitative 
objection to a capital plan or any of the stress buffer requirements? 
What, if any, modifications would enhance the proposed procedures?
    Question 19: During the pendency of a request for reconsideration, 
a firm's stress buffer requirements or objection to a firm's capital 
plan would not go into effect and a firm generally would continue to be 
bound by existing limitations on capital distributions. What are the 
advantages and disadvantages of this approach?
    Question 20: The proposal would require a firm to submit a request 
for reconsideration within 15 calendar days of receiving notice of a 
qualitative objection to its capital plan or any of its stress buffer 
requirements. What if any challenges are posed by this proposed 
timeframe?
    Question 21: The Board has not received any requests for an 
informal hearing under the capital plan rule. What are the advantages 
and disadvantages of continuing to provide an opportunity to request an 
informal hearing? What information would not be adequately addressed in 
a written reconsideration process that would be better addressed in an 
informal hearing? Discuss and provide examples of any issues that are 
likely to be raised in an informal hearing that would not be adequately 
presented through a written submission.

E. Capital Plan Resubmission and Circumstances Warranting Recalculation 
of the Stress Buffer Requirements

    The capital plan rule currently provides that the Board may require 
a firm to resubmit its capital plan if the Board determines that there 
has been a material change in the firm's risk profile, financial 
condition, or corporate structure or if the bank holding company stress 
scenario(s) used in the firm's most recent capital plan are no longer 
appropriate for the firm's business model and portfolios, or changes in 
financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a 
material impact on a firm's risk profile and financial condition 
require the use of updated scenarios (material change). Additionally, a 
firm must resubmit its capital plan if it determines there has been or 
will be a material change in the firm's risk profile, financial 
condition, or corporate structure since the firm last submitted the 
capital plan to the Board. Until the Board has acted on that 
resubmitted capital plan, a firm is not permitted to make any capital 
distributions other than those approved by the Board in

[[Page 18171]]

writing. A firm that wishes to increase its capital distributions can 
choose to resubmit its capital plan to the Board. These provisions 
would be maintained in the proposal.
    Similar to the current procedure, under the proposal, the Board may 
recalculate a firm's stress buffer requirements whenever the firm 
chooses or is required to resubmit its capital plan. The Board would 
review a resubmitted capital plan within 75 calendar days after receipt 
and, at the Board's discretion, provide the firm with one or more 
updated stress buffer requirements, and, for a large and complex or 
LISCC firm, would object or not object to the resubmitted capital plan 
on qualitative grounds. Under the proposal, upon a determination by the 
Board or the firm of a material change, the Board may conduct an 
updated supervisory stress test and recalculate a firm's stress buffer 
requirements based on the resubmitted capital plan.\48\ Similar to the 
process for submitting the annual capital plan, the planned capital 
distributions in the firm's resubmitted capital plan would be required 
to be consistent with any effective capital distribution limitations 
that would apply on a pro forma basis over the planning horizon. Any 
updated stress buffer requirements, approved planned capital actions, 
and, for a LISCC or large and complex firm, the Board's action on the 
resubmitted capital plan, would be in effect until the firm's updated 
stress buffer requirements from the next annual assessment by the Board 
become effective (unless the firm experienced another material change 
prior to that date).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ For this purpose, the planning horizon would be the nine 
quarter period beginning on the date after the as-of date of the 
projections. For instance, if the as-of date of the projections was 
June 30, 2019, the planning horizon would extend from July 1, 2019, 
through September 30, 2021.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 22: Under the proposal, the Board may recalculate a firm's 
stress buffer requirements if the firm resubmits its capital plan. 
Accordingly, the Board also would recalculate the firm's stress buffer 
requirement using an updated severely adverse scenario. What are the 
advantages or disadvantages of using an updated severely adverse 
scenario to recalculate a firm's stress buffer requirements?
    Question 23: What, if any, other changes to CCAR or the capital 
plan rule should the Board consider? For example, what advantages or 
disadvantages would be associated with:
    i. Removing or adjusting the provisions that allow the Board to 
object to a large and complex or LISCC firm's capital plan on the basis 
of qualitative deficiencies in the firm's capital planning process;
    ii. Publishing for notice and comment the severely adverse scenario 
used in calculating a firm's stress buffer requirements;
    iii. Providing additional flexibility for a firm to exceed the 
capital distributions included in its capital plan if its earnings and 
capital ratios are above those in its BHC baseline; or
    iv. Providing additional flexibility to a firm to increase the 
planned capital actions above what was included in its original capital 
plan based on the results of the supervisory stress test or request for 
reconsideration?

IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and Explanation of the 
Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer 
Requirements

A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule

    Conceptually, a firm's capital buffer is the amount by which its 
regulatory capital ratios exceed minimum requirements. For example, for 
risk-based capital purposes under the current capital rule, a firm's 
capital conservation buffer is equal to the lowest of the following 
ratios: The firm's CET1 capital ratio minus its minimum CET1 capital 
ratio requirement, its tier 1 capital ratio minus its minimum tier 1 
capital ratio requirement, and its total capital ratio minus its 
minimum total capital ratio requirement. The proposal would retain this 
concept for determining a firm's buffer above its minimum risk-based 
capital requirements, and would extend the concept for purposes of 
determining a firm's buffer above its minimum 4 percent tier 1 leverage 
ratio requirement (leverage buffer). Under the proposal, a firm would 
compare a given buffer to the relevant buffer requirement to determine 
whether it is subject to limitations on its capital distributions and 
discretionary bonus payments.
    To incorporate the stress buffer requirements into the capital 
rule, the proposal would revise the capital rule to introduce the terms 
``stress capital buffer requirement'' and ``stress leverage buffer 
requirement,'' and to define standardized approach capital conservation 
buffer requirement and advanced approaches capital conservation buffer 
requirement for firms subject to the capital plan rule. A firm would 
determine its standardized approach capital conservation buffer using 
risk-based capital ratios calculated under the capital rule's 
standardized approach, and, if applicable, would determine its advanced 
approaches capital conservation buffer using risk-based capital ratios 
calculated under the rule's advanced approaches.\49\ The firm would 
compare each of these buffers to the corresponding capital conservation 
buffer requirement. A subject firm's standardized approach capital 
conservation buffer requirement would be equal to the sum of: (1) Its 
stress capital buffer requirement, (2) as applicable, the firm's GSIB 
surcharge; and, (3) as applicable, the firm's countercyclical capital 
amount. A subject firm's advanced approaches capital conservation 
buffer requirement would be equal to the sum of: (1) 2.5 Percent of 
risk-weighted assets, (2) as applicable, the firm's GSIB surcharge; 
and, (3) as applicable, the firm's countercyclical capital buffer 
amount. Similarly, under the proposal, a firm would compare its 
leverage buffer to its stress leverage buffer requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ As under the current capital rule, under Sec.  217.10, a 
firm subject to the advanced approaches must calculate each of its 
risk-based capital ratios (common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total 
capital) under the standardized approach (12 CFR part 217, subpart 
D) and under the advanced approaches (12 CFR part 217, subpart E).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Mechanics of the Distribution Limitations of the Stress Buffer 
Requirements

    A firm would be subject to the most stringent distribution 
limitation, if any, as determined by the firm's standardized approach 
capital conservation buffer requirement, the firm's stress leverage 
buffer requirement and, if applicable, the firm's advanced approaches 
capital conservation buffer requirement, and the enhanced supplementary 
leverage ratio standard. The firm would determine the maximum amount it 
could pay in capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments 
that quarter (maximum payout amount) by multiplying the firm's eligible 
retained income by the most stringent payout ratio, if any, that it is 
subject to as determined under Table 2 to 12 CFR 217.11 of the proposed 
rule.
    For example, in order to determine the maximum payout amount that a 
firm may pay in capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments 
for the first quarter of 2020, a firm would multiply its maximum payout 
ratio by its eligible retained income. For the period from January 1, 
2020 to March 31, 2020, the eligible retained income of the firm would 
be based on the firm's net income for the year 2019 and the maximum 
payout ratio would be determined based on the capital ratios of the 
firm as of December 31, 2019. Firms that are subject to stress buffer 
requirements are expected to know their

[[Page 18172]]

capital positions on a daily basis. If a firm has any uncertainty 
regarding its quarter-end capital ratios prior to filing its regulatory 
reports, it should be conservative with capital distributions 
(including buybacks) during the beginning of a calendar quarter in 
order to avoid a situation in which it distributes more than the amount 
permitted under the capital rule.
    The proposal would not amend the current definitions of 
``distribution'' and ``capital distribution'' found in the capital rule 
and capital plan rule, respectively. Under the capital rule, the 
definition of distribution includes reductions in tier 1 capital 
through a repurchase or any other means, except when the institution, 
in the same quarter as the repurchase, fully replaces the tier 1 
instrument by issuing another similar instrument. Under the capital 
plan rule, a capital distribution means a redemption or repurchase of 
any debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred 
stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently 
suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for 
inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and 
any similar transaction that the Board determines to be in substance a 
distribution of capital. Unlike the definition of distribution in the 
capital rule, the definition of capital distribution in the capital 
plan rule does not provide an exception for distributions accompanied 
by an offsetting issuance. The discrepancy between the two definitions 
reflects the different purposes of the two rules. The broader 
definition included in the capital plan rule ensures that all 
distributions, including those offset by issuances, are included in a 
firm's capital plan. However, because distributions offset by 
equivalent issuances within a quarter do not affect a firm's capital 
position, this type of distribution is not included in the definition 
in the capital rule.
    Question 24: What are the advantages or disadvantages of 
maintaining the current definitions of distribution and capital 
distribution in the capital rule and capital plan rule, respectively, 
or of amending the definition of capital distribution in the capital 
plan rule to match the definition of distribution in the capital rule 
or vice versa?

V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules

    To increase the transparency regarding the application of an 
additional trading and counterparty scenario component, the proposal 
would expressly include the definition of ``significant trading 
activity'' into the Board's company-run stress test requirements,\50\ 
rather than defining this term with reference to the Capital 
Assessments and Stress Testing report (FR Y-14). Currently, significant 
trading activity is defined in the FR Y-14. The FR Y-14 defines a firm 
with significant trading activity as any domestic bank holding company 
or U.S. intermediate holding company that is subject to supervisory 
stress tests and that (1) has aggregate trading assets and liabilities 
of $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading assets and liabilities 
equal to 10 percent or more of total consolidated assets, and (2) is 
not a ``large and noncomplex firm'' under the Board's capital plan 
rule. Under the proposal, this definition of significant trading 
activity would be adopted in the stress test rules for the annual 
company-run stress test. This change would be responsive to feedback 
that it is more transparent to define the scope of applicability for 
the trading and counterparty component in the stress test rules, rather 
than by cross-reference to the FR Y-14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \50\ See 12 CFR part 252, subpart F.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports

    The proposal would modify the Consolidated Financial Statements for 
Holding Companies Report (FR Y-9C; OMB: 7100-0128) to collect 
information regarding the stress buffer requirements applicable to a 
firm and the Capital Assessments and Stress Testing Report (FR Y-14A; 
OMB No. 7100-0341). Specifically, the proposal would add new line items 
to the quarterly FR Y-9C in order to collect information regarding a 
firm's stress capital buffer requirement, stress leverage buffer 
requirement, and GSIB surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer 
amount, as applicable, and information necessary to calculate a firm's 
distribution limitations, including its capital conservation buffer, 
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer, 
eligible retained income, and distributions. This information would 
enable the Board and the public to identify any distribution 
limitations and monitor a bank holding company's performance on a 
quarterly basis.
    The proposal would add similar items to the semi-annual FR Y-14A 
schedule to collect the information necessary to compare a firm's 
projected capital ratios to expected buffer requirements and implement 
the proposed evaluation of planned capital actions under the BHC 
baseline scenario.\51\ As described in section III.C above, the 
proposal provides that, within two business days of receipt of notice 
of its stress buffer requirements, a firm would be required to assess 
whether its planned capital distributions are consistent with the 
effective capital distribution limitations that would apply on a pro 
forma basis under the BHC baseline scenario throughout the fourth 
through seventh quarters of the planning horizon. In the event of an 
inconsistency, a firm would be required to reduce the capital 
distributions in its capital plan to be consistent with such 
limitations for those quarters of the planning horizon and provide the 
Board with its final planned capital actions following any such 
adjustments.\52\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ A firm generally would only be required to report this 
information annually in connection with its April 5 capital plan 
submission.
    \52\ The proposal also permits a firm to reduce its planned 
capital distributions if the firm's planned capital distributions 
are consistent with effective capital distribution limitations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To implement this requirement, a firm would be required to report 
its capital distributions on the FR Y-14A filed in connection with its 
initial capital plan on April 5, and in the event of any downward 
adjustments to its planned capital distributions, resubmit the FR Y-14A 
summary schedule within two business days of receiving its stress 
buffer requirements, that reflect the stress buffer requirements and 
its reduced planned capital distributions.\53\ At the time a firm 
submits its capital plan and FR Y-14 report (April 5), the firm will 
not be aware of its stress buffer requirements for the upcoming cycle. 
For simplicity, the instructions contemplate that the firm would report 
the stress buffer requirements currently in effect, and assume that the 
stress buffer requirements remain constant through the planning 
horizon. However, the capital plan rule requires the firm's planned 
capital distributions to be consistent with effective capital 
distribution limitations in the fourth through seventh quarters of the 
planning horizon and not the distribution limitations in effect in the 
prior cycle. Thus, it would be possible for a firm to include planned 
capital distributions in its April 5 FR Y-14A

[[Page 18173]]

that would exceed those permitted under the previous cycle's capital 
plan, but be consistent with the capital plan rule because the firm's 
stress buffer requirements declined.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ In the event that a firm requests reconsideration of any of 
its stress buffer requirements, a firm must evaluate its planned 
capital distributions in light of any modifications any of the 
stress buffer requirements. The firm may be required to reduce or 
permitted to increase its capital distributions depending on any 
modifications, and must provide the Board with its final planned 
capital actions reflecting those adjustments. In the event of any 
adjustment, the firm would be required to file the FR Y-14A to 
reflect its revised planned capital distributions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 25: The proposal would require all firms subject to the 
stress buffer requirements to report their eligible retained income and 
capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments each quarter on 
the FR Y-9C, which is publicly available. What concerns, if any, are 
raised by making this reporting mandatory? What concerns, if any, are 
raised by making this reporting public as opposed to including this 
information in a confidential information collection?

VII. Administrative Law Matters

A. Paperwork Reduction Act

    In accordance with section 3512 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 
1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) (PRA), the Board may not conduct or sponsor, 
and a respondent is not required to respond to, an information 
collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management 
and Budget (OMB) control number. The Board reviewed the proposed rule 
under the authority delegated to the Board by OMB.
    The proposed rule would revise collection of information 
requirements subject to the PRA. As described further below, the 
proposal would revise the reporting requirements found in section 12 
CFR 225.8. Additionally, the Board proposes to revise certain other 
collections of information to reflect the changes proposed in the 
proposed rule.
    The OMB control numbers are 7100-0128, 7100-0341, and 7100-0342 for 
this information collection.
    Comments are invited on:
    a. Whether the collections of information are necessary for the 
proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions, including 
whether the information has practical utility;
    b. The accuracy or the estimate of the burden of the information 
collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions 
used;
    c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the 
information to be collected;
    d. Ways to minimize the burden of the information collections on 
respondents, including through the use of automated collection 
techniques or other forms of information technology; and
    e. Estimates of capital or startup costs and costs of operation, 
maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
    All comment will become a matter of public record. Comments on 
aspects of this notice that may affect reporting, recordkeeping, or 
disclosure requirements and burden estimates should be sent to: 
Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C 
Streets NW, Washington, DC 20551. A copy of the comments may also be 
submitted to the OMB desk officer by mail to U.S. Office of Management 
and Budget, 725 17th Street NW, #10235, Washington, DC 20503 or by 
facsimile to 202-3955806, Attention, Agency Desk Officer.
    Proposed Revisions, With Extension for Three Years, of the 
Following Information Collections:
    (1) Title of Information Collection: Consolidated Financial 
Statements for Holding Companies.
    Agency Form Number: FR Y-9C; FR Y-9LP; FR Y-9SP; FR Y-9ES; FR Y-
9CS.
    OMB Control Number: 7100-0128.
    Frequency of Response: Quarterly, semi-annually, and annually.
    Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
    Respondents: Bank holding companies (BHCs), savings and loan 
holding companies (SLHCs), securities holding companies (SHCs), and 
U.S. intermediate holding companies (IHCs), (collectively, ``holding 
companies'').
    Abstract: The FR Y-9C serves as standardized financial statements 
for holding companies. The FR Y-9 family of reporting forms continues 
to be the primary source of financial data on holding companies that 
examiners rely on in the intervals between on-site inspections. 
Financial data from these reporting forms are used to detect emerging 
financial problems, to review performance and conduct pre-inspection 
analysis, to monitor and evaluate capital adequacy, to evaluate holding 
company mergers and acquisitions, and to analyze a holding company's 
overall financial condition to ensure the safety and soundness of its 
operations.
    Current Actions: The proposal would modify the FR Y-9C for holding 
companies subject to the capital plan rule in order to collect 
information regarding a firm's stress capital buffer requirement, 
stress leverage buffer requirement, GSIB surcharge, countercyclical 
capital buffer amount, as applicable, and any applicable distribution 
limitations under the regulatory capital rule. Specifically, the 
proposal would add new line items to the FR Y-9C Schedule HC-R Part I 
to collect to collect the following information from holding companies 
subject to the capital plan rule: (1) The firm's capital conservation 
buffer requirements (including its standardized approach capital 
conservation buffer requirement and the advanced approaches capital 
conservation buffer requirement), stress leverage buffer requirement, 
and SLR buffer requirement; (2) the firm's capital conservation buffer, 
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer, and, 
as applicable, SLR buffer as of the preceding quarter-end, which is the 
difference between the firm's relevant capital ratio and the relevant 
minimum requirement; and (3) information needed to calculate the firm's 
maximum payout amount, including the firm's planned total capital 
distributions, eligible retained income, and maximum payout ratio. The 
proposed revision would apply to top-tier holding companies subject to 
the Board's capital plan rule (BHCs and IHCs with total consolidated 
assets of $50 billion or more), for a total of 39 of the existing FR Y-
9C respondents. The draft reporting forms and instructions for the FR 
Y-9C will be available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/reportforms/review.aspx.
    Number of Respondents: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced Approaches holding 
companies or other respondents): 632; FR Y-9C (Advanced Approaches 
holding companies or other respondents): 18; FR Y-9LP: 780; FR Y-9SP: 
3,889; FR Y-9ES: 80; FR Y-9CS: 236.
    Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced 
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 47.11 hours; FR Y-
9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 48.36 
hours; FR Y-9LP: 5.27 hours; FR Y-9SP: 5.4 hours; FR Y-9ES: 0.5 hours; 
FR Y-9CS: 0.5 hours.
    Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced 
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 119,094 hours; FR 
Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 
3,482 hours; FR Y-9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y-9SP: 42,001; FR Y-9ES: 40; FR 
Y-9CS: 472.
    Proposed Change in Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C: 1,188 
hours (an increase of 0.26 hours per response for FR Y-9C (non-Advanced 
Approaches holding companies or other respondents) and an increase of 8 
hours per response for FR Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies 
or other respondents)).
    Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-9C (non-Advanced 
Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 119,751 hours; FR 
Y-9C (Advanced Approaches holding companies or other respondents): 
4,058

[[Page 18174]]

hours; FR Y-9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y-9SP: 42,001; FR Y-9ES: 40; FR Y-
9CS: 472.
    (2) Title of Information Collection: Capital Assessments and Stress 
Testing information collection.
    Agency Form Number: FR Y-14A/Q/M.
    OMB Control Number: 7100-0341.
    Frequency of Response: Annually, semi-annually, quarterly, and 
monthly.
    Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
    Respondents: The respondent panel consists of any top-tier bank 
holding company (BHC) or intermediate holding company (IHC) that has 
$50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, as determined based 
on: (i) The average of the firm's total consolidated assets in the four 
most recent quarters as reported quarterly on the firm's Consolidated 
Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C) (OMB No. 
7100-0128); or (ii) the average of the firm's total consolidated assets 
in the most recent consecutive quarters as reported quarterly on the 
firm's FR Y-9Cs, if the firm has not filed an FR Y-9C for each of the 
most recent four quarters. Reporting is required as of the first day of 
the quarter immediately following the quarter in which it meets this 
asset threshold, unless otherwise directed by the Board.
    Abstract: The data collected through the FR Y-14A/Q/M schedules 
provide the Board with the information and perspective needed to help 
ensure that large BHCs and IHCs have strong, firm[hyphen]wide risk 
measurement and management processes supporting their internal 
assessments of capital adequacy and that their capital resources are 
sufficient given their business focus, activities, and resulting risk 
exposures. The annual CCAR exercise is complemented by other Board 
supervisory efforts aimed at enhancing the continued viability of large 
firms, including continuous monitoring of firms' planning and 
management of liquidity and funding resources and regular assessments 
of credit, market and operational risks, and associated risk management 
practices. Information gathered in this data collection is also used in 
the supervision and regulation of these financial institutions.
    The Capital Assessments and Stress Testing information collection 
consists of the FR Y-14A, FR Y-14Q, and FR Y-14M reports. The semi-
annual FR Y-14A collects quantitative projections of balance sheet, 
income, losses, and capital across a range of macroeconomic scenarios 
and qualitative information on methodologies used to develop internal 
projections of capital across scenarios.\54\ The quarterly FR Y-14Q 
collects granular data on various asset classes, including loans, 
securities, and trading assets, and pre-provision net revenue (PPNR) 
for the reporting period. The monthly FR Y-14M comprises three retail 
portfolio- and loan-level collections, and one detailed address 
matching collection to supplement two of the portfolio and loan-level 
collections.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ A bank holding company that must re-submit its capital plan 
generally also must provide a revised FR Y-14A in connection with 
its resubmission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Current Actions: The proposal would modify the FR Y-14 reports in 
order to collect information regarding a firm's capital conservation 
buffer requirements (including the stress buffer requirements) and any 
applicable distribution limitations under the regulatory capital rule. 
The proposal would add new line items to the semi-annual FR Y-14A, 
Schedule A (Summary--Capital) to collect information regarding a firm's 
projections under BHC baseline conditions. Specifically, the FR Y-14A 
would be revised to collect the following: (1) The firm's capital 
conservation buffer requirements (including its standardized approach 
capital conservation buffer requirement and the advanced approaches 
capital conservation buffer requirement), stress leverage buffer 
requirement, and SLR buffer requirement for each quarter of the 
planning horizon; (2) the firm's capital conservation buffer, advanced 
approaches capital conservation buffer, leverage buffer, and, as 
applicable, SLR buffer as of the preceding quarter-end for each quarter 
of the planning horizon, which is the difference between the firm's 
relevant capital ratio and the relevant minimum requirement; and (3) 
information needed to calculate the firm's maximum payout amount, 
including the firm's planned total capital distributions, eligible 
retained income, and maximum payout ratio for each quarter of the 
planning horizon. The draft reporting forms and instructions for the FR 
Y-14 will be available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/reportforms/review.aspx.
    Number of Respondents: 39.
    Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: FR Y-14A: Summary, 
887 hours; Macro scenario, 31 hours; Operational Risk, 18 hours; 
Regulatory capital instruments, 21 hours; and Business plan changes, 16 
hours; Adjusted Capital Submission, 100 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail, 15 
hours; Securities, 13 hours; PPNR, 711 hours; Wholesale, 151 hours; 
Trading, 1,926 hours; Regulatory capital transitions, 23 hours; 
Regulatory capital instruments, 54 hours; Operational risk, 50 hours; 
MSR Valuation, 23 hours; Supplemental, 4 hours; Retail FVO/HFS, 15 
hours; CCR, 514 hours; and Balances, 16 hours. FR Y-14M: 1st lien 
mortgage, 516 hours; Home equity, 516 hours; and Credit card, 512 
hours. FR Y-14 On-Going automation revisions, 480 hours; and 
implementation, 7,200 hours. FR Y-14 Attestation: Implementation, 4,800 
hours; and on-going, 2,560 hours.
    Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: Summary, 69,186 
hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours; 
Regulatory capital instruments, 819 hours; Business plan changes, 624 
hours; and Adjusted Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail, 
2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours; Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR), 
110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours; 
Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588 hours; Regulatory capital 
instruments, 8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours; Mortgage 
Servicing Rights (MSR) Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental, 624 hours; 
and Retail Fair Value Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS), 1,500 
hours; Counterparty, 24,672 hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y-14M: 
1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours; Home equity, 191,952 hours; and 
Credit card, 110,592 hours. FR Y-14 On-going automation revisions, 
18,720 hours; and implementation, 0 hours. FR Y-14 Attestation: 
Implementation, 0 hours; and on-going, 33,280 hours.
    Proposed Change in Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: 780 
hours (20 additional hours annually for the 39 FR Y-14 filers).
    Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: FR Y-14A: Summary, 
69,966 hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours; 
Regulatory capital instruments, 819 hours; Business plan changes, 624 
hours; and Adjusted Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y-14Q: Retail, 
2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours; Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR), 
110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours; 
Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588 hours; Regulatory capital 
instruments, 8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours; Mortgage 
Servicing Rights (MSR) Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental, 624 hours; 
and Retail Fair Value Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS), 1,500 
hours; Counterparty, 24,672 hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y-14M: 
1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;

[[Page 18175]]

Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit card, 110,592 hours. FR Y-14 On-
going automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and implementation, 0 hours. 
FR Y-14 Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours; and on-going, 33,280 
hours.
    (3) Title of Information Collection: Recordkeeping and Reporting 
Requirements Associated with Regulation Y (Capital Plans).
    Agency Form Number: Reg Y-13.
    OMB Control Number: 7100-0342.
    Frequency of Response: Annually.
    Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
    Respondents: BHCs and IHCs.
    Abstract: Regulation Y (12 CFR part 225) requires large bank 
holding companies (BHCs) to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve 
on an annual basis and to require such BHCs to request prior approval 
from the Federal Reserve under certain circumstances before making a 
capital distribution.
    Current Actions: The proposal would modify the capital plan rule in 
Regulation Y by introducing stress buffer requirements and providing 
for new procedures regarding their implementation. This includes adding 
Sec.  225.8(h)(3)(i), which would require a firm to determine whether 
capital distributions for the fourth through seventh quarters of the 
planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario included in the 
capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) would be 
consistent with effective capital distribution limitations, assuming 
the stress buffer requirements, and reduce its distributions as 
necessary to be consistent with such capital distribution limitations.
    Number of Respondents: 39.
    Current Estimated Average Hours per Response: Annual capital 
planning recordkeeping (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and 
complex firms), 11,920 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping 
(Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms), 8,920 hours; 
annual capital planning reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 80 hours; 
annual capital planning recordkeeping (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 100 
hours; data collections reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 1,005 
hours; data collections reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(4)), 100 hours; 
review of capital plans by the Federal Reserve reporting (Sec.  
225.8(j)), 16 hours; prior approval request requirements reporting 
(Sec.  225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 100 hours; prior approval request 
requirements exceptions (Sec.  225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 16 hours; prior 
approval request requirements reports (Sec.  225.8(k)(6)), 16 hours.
    Current Estimated Annual Burden Hours: Annual capital planning 
recordkeeping (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and complex 
firms), 238,400 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping (large and 
complex firms) (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms), 
160,560 hours; annual capital planning reporting (Sec.  
225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours; annual capital planning recordkeeping 
(Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800 hours; data collections reporting 
(Sec.  225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 38,190 hours; data collections reporting 
(Sec.  225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours; review of capital plans by the 
Federal Reserve reporting (Sec.  225.8(j)), 32 hours; prior approval 
request requirements reporting (Sec.  225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600 
hours; prior approval request requirements exceptions (Sec.  
225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32 hours; prior approval request requirements 
reports (Sec.  225.8(k)(6)), 32 hours.
    Proposed Change in Estimated Average Hours per Response: Proposed 
response to notice; adjustments to planned capital distributions 
(recordkeeping) (Sec.  225.8(h)(3)(i)), 2 hours.
    Proposed Total Estimated Annual Burden Hours: Annual capital 
planning recordkeeping (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC and large and 
complex firms), 238,400 hours; Annual capital planning recordkeeping 
(Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex firms), 160,560 hours; 
annual capital planning reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours; 
annual capital planning recordkeeping (Sec.  225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800 
hours; data collections reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(3)(i)-(vi)), 38,190 
hours; data collections reporting (Sec.  225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours; 
proposed response to notice: Adjustments to planned capital 
distributions (recordkeeping) (Sec.  225.8(h)(3)(i)), 78 hours; prior 
approval request requirements reporting (Sec.  225.8(k)(1), (3), & 
(4)), 2,600 hours; prior approval request requirements exceptions 
(Sec.  225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32 hours; prior approval request 
requirements reports (Sec.  225.8(k)(6)), 32 hours.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Board is providing an initial regulatory flexibility analysis 
with respect to this proposed rule. The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 
U.S.C. 601 et seq., (RFA), requires an agency to consider whether the 
rules it proposes will have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities.\55\ In connection with a proposed 
rule, the RFA requires an agency to prepare an Initial Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis describing the impact of the rule on small 
entities or to certify that the proposed rule would not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
An initial regulatory flexibility analysis must contain (1) a 
description of the reasons why action by the agency is being 
considered; (2) a succinct statement of the objectives of, and legal 
basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a description of, and, where 
feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities to which the 
proposed rule will apply; (4) a description of the projected reporting, 
recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the proposed rule, 
including an estimate of the classes of small entities that will be 
subject to the requirement and the type of professional skills 
necessary for preparation of the report or record; (5) an 
identification, to the extent practicable, of all relevant Federal 
rules which may duplicate, overlap with, or conflict with the proposed 
rule; and (6) a description of any significant alternatives to the 
proposed rule which accomplish its stated objectives.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ Under regulations issued by the Small Business 
Administration, a small entity includes a depository institution, 
bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company with total 
assets of $550 million or less and trust companies with total assets 
of $38.5 million or less. As of December 31, 2017, there were 
approximately 3,384 small bank holding companies, 230 small savings 
and loan holding companies, and 553 small state member banks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board has considered the potential impact of the proposed rule 
on small entities in accordance with the RFA. Based on its analysis and 
for the reasons stated below, the Board believes that this proposed 
rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities. Nevertheless, the Board is publishing and 
inviting comment on this initial regulatory flexibility analysis. A 
final regulatory flexibility analysis will be conducted after comments 
received during the public comment period have been considered. The 
proposal would also make corresponding changes to the Board's reporting 
forms.
    As discussed in detail above, the proposed rule would amend the 
capital rule, capital plan rule, stress testing rules, and the proposed 
Stress Testing Policy Statement, that was previously proposed on 
December 15, 2017. Under the proposed rule, the Board would use the 
results of the supervisory stress test to establish the size of a 
firm's stress capital buffer requirement and stress leverage buffer 
requirement. The stress capital buffer requirement would replace the 
static 2.5 percent of standardized risk-weighted assets

[[Page 18176]]

component of a firm's capital conservation buffer requirement in the 
capital rule. As under the current capital rule, a firm would be 
subject to increasingly strict limitations on capital distributions and 
bonus payments as the firm's capital ratios decline below the firm's 
buffer requirements. The proposal would also make adjustments to the 
assumptions used in the supervisory stress test and would replace the 
capital plan rule's quantitative objection.
    The Board has broad authority under the International Lending 
Supervision Act (ILSA) \56\ and the PCA provisions of the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Act \57\ to establish regulatory capital requirements 
for the institutions it regulates. For example, ILSA directs each 
Federal banking agency to cause banking institutions to achieve and 
maintain adequate capital by establishing minimum capital requirements 
as well as by other means that the agency deems appropriate.\58\ The 
PCA provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act direct each Federal 
banking agency to specify, for each relevant capital measure, the level 
at which an IDI subsidiary is well capitalized, adequately capitalized, 
undercapitalized, and significantly undercapitalized.\59\ In addition, 
the Board has broad authority to establish regulatory capital standards 
for bank holding companies under the Bank Holding Company Act and the 
Dodd-Frank Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).\60\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ 12 U.S.C. 3901-3911.
    \57\ 12 U.S.C. 1831o.
    \58\ 12 U.S.C. 3907(a)(1).
    \59\ 12 U.S.C. 1831o(c)(2).
    \60\ See, e.g., sections 165 and 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 
U.S.C. 5365 and 12 U.S.C. 5371). Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 
(2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule would apply only to bank holding companies with 
total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, any nonbank financial 
company supervised by the Board that becomes subject to the capital 
planning requirements pursuant to a rule or order of the Board, and to 
U.S. intermediate holding companies established pursuant to the Board's 
Regulation YY. Currently, all nonbank financial companies supervised by 
the Board are not subject to the capital planning requirements and all 
U.S. intermediate holding companies established pursuant to Regulation 
YY have greater than $1 billion in total assets. The proposed rule 
would not apply to any small entities. Further, the proposal would make 
changes to the projected reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance 
requirements of the rule by proposing to collect information from firms 
subject to the capital plan rule relating to adjustments to planned 
capital distributions included in a firm's capital plan and information 
regarding a firm's capital conservation buffer requirements (including 
the stress buffer requirements) and any applicable distribution 
limitations under the capital rule. These changes would not impact 
small entities. In addition, the Board is aware of no other Federal 
rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed changes to 
the capital rule, capital plan rule, and stress testing rules. 
Therefore, the Board believes that the proposed rule will not have a 
significant economic impact on small banking organizations supervised 
by the Board and therefore believes that there are no significant 
alternatives to the proposed rule that would reduce the economic impact 
on small banking organizations supervised by the Board.
    The Board welcomes comment on all aspects of its analysis. In 
particular, the Board requests that commenters describe the nature of 
any impact on small entities and provide empirical data to illustrate 
and support the extent of the impact.

C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain Language

    Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113 
Stat. 1338, 1471, 12 U.S.C. 4809) requires the Federal banking agencies 
to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after 
January 1, 2000. The Board has sought to present the proposed rule in a 
simple and straightforward manner, and invites comment on the use of 
plain language.
    For example:
     Have we organized the material to suit your needs? If not, 
how could the rule be more clearly stated?
     Are the requirements in the rule clearly stated? If not, 
how could the rule be more clearly stated?
     Do the regulations contain technical language or jargon 
that is not clear? If so, which language requires clarification?
     Would a different format (grouping and order of sections, 
use of headings, paragraphing) make the regulation easier to 
understand? If so, what changes would make the regulation easier to 
understand?
     Would more, but shorter, sections be better? If so, which 
sections should be changed?
     What else could we do to make the regulation easier to 
understand?

List of Subjects

12 CFR Part 217

    Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Holding 
companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

12 CFR Part 225

    Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital 
planning, Holding companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, 
Securities, Stress testing.

12 CFR Part 252

    Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital 
planning, Federal Reserve System, Holding companies, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Securities, Stress testing.

Authority and Issuance

    For the reasons stated in the Supplementary Information, the Board 
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System proposes to amend 12 CFR 
chapter II as follows:

PART 217--CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF BANK HOLDING COMPANIES, SAVINGS AND 
LOAN HOLDING COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER BANKS (REGULATION Q)

0
1. The authority citation for part 217 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321-338a, 481-486, 1462a, 1467a, 
1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p-1, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851, 3904, 
3906-3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.

Subpart B--Capital Ratio Requirements and Buffers

0
2. Section 217.11 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  217.11   Capital conservation buffer, countercyclical capital 
buffer amount, and GSIB surcharge.

    (a) Capital conservation buffer--(1) Composition of the capital 
conservation buffer. The capital conservation buffer is composed solely 
of common equity tier 1 capital.
    (2) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:
    (i) Eligible retained income. The eligible retained income of a 
Board-regulated institution is the Board-regulated institution's net 
income, calculated in accordance with the instructions to the Call 
Report or the FR Y-9C, as applicable, for the four calendar quarters 
preceding the current calendar quarter net of any distributions and 
associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.

[[Page 18177]]

    (ii) Maximum payout amount. A Board-regulated institution's maximum 
payout amount for the current calendar quarter is equal to the Board-
regulated institution's eligible retained income, multiplied by its 
maximum payout ratio.
    (iii) Maximum payout ratio. The maximum payout ratio is the 
percentage of eligible retained income that a Board-regulated 
institution can pay out in the form of distributions and discretionary 
bonus payments during the current calendar quarter. For a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8, the maximum 
payout ratio is determined by the Board-regulated institution's capital 
conservation buffer, calculated as of the last day of the previous 
calendar quarter, as set forth in Table 1 to this section. For a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8, the maximum 
payout ratio is determined under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) Private sector credit exposure. Private sector credit exposure 
means an exposure to a company or an individual that is not an exposure 
to a sovereign, the Bank for International Settlements, the European 
Central Bank, the European Commission, the International Monetary Fund, 
a MDB, a PSE, or a GSE.
    (v) SLR buffer requirement. A bank holding company's SLR buffer 
requirement is 2.0 percent.
    (vi) Stress capital buffer requirement. A bank holding company's 
stress capital buffer requirement is the stress capital buffer 
requirement determined under 12 CFR 225.8.
    (vii) Stress leverage buffer requirement. A bank holding company's 
stress leverage buffer requirement is the stress leverage buffer 
requirement determined under 12 CFR 225.8.
    (3) Calculation of capital conservation buffer. (i) A Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has a capital 
conservation buffer equal to the lowest of the following ratios, 
calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter:
    (A) The Board-regulated institution's common equity tier 1 capital 
ratio minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum common equity 
tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec.  217.10;
    (B) The Board-regulated institution's tier 1 capital ratio minus 
the Board-regulated institution's minimum tier 1 capital ratio 
requirement under Sec.  217.10; and
    (C) The Board-regulated institution's total capital ratio minus the 
Board-regulated institution's minimum total capital ratio requirement 
under Sec.  217.10; or
    (ii) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this 
section, if the Board-regulated institution's common equity tier 1, 
tier 1 or total capital ratio is less than or equal to the Board-
regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total 
capital ratio requirement under Sec.  217.10, respectively, the Board-
regulated institution's capital conservation buffer is zero.
    (4) Limits on distributions and discretionary bonus payments--(i) 
General limitation. A Board-regulated institution that is not subject 
12 CFR 225.8 shall not make distributions or discretionary bonus 
payments or create an obligation to make such distributions or payments 
during the current calendar quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its 
maximum payout amount.
    (ii) No limitations. A Board-regulated institution that is not 
subject 12 CFR 225.8 and that has a capital conservation buffer that is 
greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of its applicable 
countercyclical capital buffer amount in accordance with paragraph (b) 
of this section is not subject to a maximum payout amount under 
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) Negative eligible retained income. Except as provided in 
paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section, a Board-regulated institution 
that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make distributions or 
discretionary bonus payments during the current calendar quarter if the 
Board-regulated institution's:
    (A) Eligible retained income is negative; and
    (B) Capital conservation buffer was less than 2.5 percent as of the 
end of the previous calendar quarter.
    (iv) Prior approval. Notwithstanding the limitations in paragraphs 
(a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, the Board may permit a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 to make a 
distribution or discretionary bonus payment upon a request of the 
Board-regulated institution, if the Board determines that the 
distribution or discretionary bonus payment would not be contrary to 
the purposes of this section, or to the safety and soundness of the 
Board-regulated institution. In making such a determination, the Board 
will consider the nature and extent of the request and the particular 
circumstances giving rise to the request.

     Table 1 to Sec.   217.11--Calculation of Maximum Payout Amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Capital conservation buffer             Maximum payout ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the  No payout ratio
 Board-regulated institution's applicable          limitation applies.
 countercyclical capital buffer amount.
Less than or equal to 2.5 percent plus 100        60 percent.
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount, and greater than 1.875 percent plus 75
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount.
Less than or equal to 1.875 percent plus 75       40 percent.
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount, and greater than 1.25 percent plus 50
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount.
Less than or equal to 1.25 percent plus 50        20 percent.
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount and greater than 0.625 percent plus 25
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount.
Less than or equal to 0.625 percent plus 25       0 percent.
 percent of the Board-regulated institution's
 applicable countercyclical capital buffer
 amount.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (v) Other limitations on distributions. Additional limitations on 
distributions may apply under 12 CFR 225.4 and 263.202 to a Board-
regulated institution that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8.
    (b) Countercyclical capital buffer amount--(1) General. An advanced 
approaches Board-regulated institution must calculate a countercyclical 
capital buffer amount in accordance with this paragraph (b) for 
purposes of determining its maximum payout ratio under Table 1 to this 
section and, if applicable, Table 2 to this section.

[[Page 18178]]

    (i) Extension of capital conservation buffer. The countercyclical 
capital buffer amount is an extension of the capital conservation 
buffer as described in paragraph (a) or (c) of this section, as 
applicable.
    (ii) Amount. An advanced approaches Board-regulated institution has 
a countercyclical capital buffer amount determined by calculating the 
weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer amounts 
established for the national jurisdictions where the Board-regulated 
institution's private sector credit exposures are located, as specified 
in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.
    (iii) Weighting. The weight assigned to a jurisdiction's 
countercyclical capital buffer amount is calculated by dividing the 
total risk-weighted assets for the Board-regulated institution's 
private sector credit exposures located in the jurisdiction by the 
total risk-weighted assets for all of the Board-regulated institution's 
private sector credit exposures. The methodology a Board-regulated 
institution uses for determining risk-weighted assets for purposes of 
this paragraph (b) must be the methodology that determines its risk-
based capital ratios under Sec.  217.10. Notwithstanding the previous 
sentence, the risk-weighted asset amount for a private sector credit 
exposure that is a covered position under subpart F of this part is its 
specific risk add-on as determined under Sec.  217.210 multiplied by 
12.5.
    (iv) Location. (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B) 
and (C) of this section, the location of a private sector credit 
exposure is the national jurisdiction where the borrower is located 
(that is, where it is incorporated, chartered, or similarly established 
or, if the borrower is an individual, where the borrower resides).
    (B) If, in accordance with subpart D or E of this part, the Board-
regulated institution has assigned to a private sector credit exposure 
a risk weight associated with a protection provider on a guarantee or 
credit derivative, the location of the exposure is the national 
jurisdiction where the protection provider is located.
    (C) The location of a securitization exposure is the location of 
the underlying exposures, or, if the underlying exposures are located 
in more than one national jurisdiction, the national jurisdiction where 
the underlying exposures with the largest aggregate unpaid principal 
balance are located. For purposes of this paragraph (b), the location 
of an underlying exposure shall be the location of the borrower, 
determined consistent with paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.
    (2) Countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit exposures in 
the United States--(i) Initial countercyclical capital buffer amount 
with respect to credit exposures in the United States. The initial 
countercyclical capital buffer amount in the United States is zero.
    (ii) Adjustment of the countercyclical capital buffer amount. The 
Board will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit 
exposures in the United States in accordance with applicable law.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ The Board expects that any adjustment will be based on a 
determination made jointly by the Board, OCC, and FDIC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Range of countercyclical capital buffer amount. The Board 
will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount for credit 
exposures in the United States between zero percent and 2.5 percent of 
risk-weighted assets.
    (iv) Adjustment determination. The Board will base its decision to 
adjust the countercyclical capital buffer amount under this section on 
a range of macroeconomic, financial, and supervisory information 
indicating an increase in systemic risk including, but not limited to, 
the ratio of credit to gross domestic product, a variety of asset 
prices, other factors indicative of relative credit and liquidity 
expansion or contraction, funding spreads, credit condition surveys, 
indices based on credit default swap spreads, options implied 
volatility, and measures of systemic risk.
    (v) Effective date of adjusted countercyclical capital buffer 
amount--(A) Increase adjustment. A determination by the Board under 
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to increase the countercyclical 
capital buffer amount will be effective 12 months from the date of 
announcement, unless the Board establishes an earlier effective date 
and includes a statement articulating the reasons for the earlier 
effective date.
    (B) Decrease adjustment. A determination by the Board to decrease 
the established countercyclical capital buffer amount under paragraph 
(b)(2)(ii) of this section will be effective on the day following 
announcement of the final determination or the earliest date 
permissible under applicable law or regulation, whichever is later.
    (vi) Twelve month sunset. The countercyclical capital buffer amount 
will return to zero percent 12 months after the effective date that the 
adjusted countercyclical capital buffer amount is announced, unless the 
Board announces a decision to maintain the adjusted countercyclical 
capital buffer amount or adjust it again before the expiration of the 
12-month period.
    (3) Countercyclical capital buffer amount for foreign 
jurisdictions. The Board will adjust the countercyclical capital buffer 
amount for private sector credit exposures to reflect decisions made by 
foreign jurisdictions consistent with due process requirements 
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (c) Calculation of buffers for Board-regulated institutions subject 
to 12 CFR 225.8--(1) Limits on distributions and discretionary bonus 
payments. (i) A Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 
225.8 shall not make distributions or discretionary bonus payments or 
create an obligation to make such distributions or payments during the 
current calendar quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its maximum 
payout amount.
    (ii) Maximum payout ratio. The maximum payout ratio of a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is the lowest of 
the following ratios determined by its standardized approach capital 
conservation buffer, leverage buffer; if applicable, advanced 
approaches capital conservation buffer; and, if applicable, SLR buffer; 
as set forth in Table 2 to this section.
    (iii) Capital conservation buffer requirements. A Board-regulated 
institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has:
    (A) A standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement 
equal to its stress capital buffer requirement plus its applicable 
countercyclical capital buffer amount in accordance with paragraph (b) 
of this section plus its applicable GSIB surcharge in accordance with 
paragraph (d) of this section; and
    (B) If the Board-regulated institution calculates risk-weighted 
assets under subpart E of this part, an advanced approaches capital 
conservation buffer requirement equal to 2.5 percent plus the Board-
regulated institution's countercyclical capital buffer amount in 
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section plus its applicable GSIB 
surcharge in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
    (iv) No maximum payout amount limitation. A Board-regulated 
institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is not subject to a maximum 
payout amount under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section if it has:
    (A) A standardized approach capital conservation buffer, calculated 
under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that is greater than its 
standardized approach capital conservation buffer requirement

[[Page 18179]]

calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section;
    (B) If applicable, an advanced approaches capital conservation 
buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, that is 
greater than the Board-regulated institution's advanced approaches 
capital conservation buffer requirement calculated under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii)(B) of this section; and
    (C) A leverage buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section, that is greater than its stress leverage buffer requirement 
calculated under paragraph (a)(2)(vii) of this section; and
    (D) If applicable, a SLR buffer, calculated under paragraph (c)(5) 
of this section, that is greater than its SLR buffer requirement as 
calculated under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.
    (v) Negative eligible retained income. Except as provided in 
paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section, a Board-regulated institution 
that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make distributions or 
discretionary bonus payments during the current calendar quarter if, as 
of the end of the previous calendar quarter, the Board-regulated 
institution's:
    (A) Eligible retained income is negative; and
    (B)(1) Standardized approach capital conservation buffer was less 
than its stress capital buffer requirement; or
    (2) If applicable, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer 
was less than 2.5 percent; or
    (3) Leverage buffer was less than its stress leverage buffer 
requirement; or
    (4) If applicable, SLR buffer was less than its SLR buffer 
requirement.
    (vi) Prior approval. Notwithstanding the limitations in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section, the Board may permit a Board-
regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 to make a 
distribution or discretionary bonus payment upon a request of the 
Board-regulated institution, if the Board determines that the 
distribution or discretionary bonus payment would not be contrary to 
the purposes of this section, or to the safety and soundness of the 
Board-regulated institution. In making such a determination, the Board 
will consider the nature and extent of the request and the particular 
circumstances giving rise to the request.
    (v) Other limitations on distributions. Additional limitations on 
distributions may apply under 12 CFR 225.4, 225.8, 252.63, 252.165, and 
263.202 to a Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 
225.8.
    (2) Standardized approach capital conservation buffer. (i) The 
standardized approach capital conservation buffer for Board-regulated 
institutions subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is composed solely of common 
equity tier 1 capital.
    (ii) A Board-regulated institution that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 
has a standardized approach capital conservation buffer that is equal 
to the lowest of the following ratios, calculated as of the last day of 
the previous calendar quarter:
    (A) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio 
requirement under Sec.  217.10(a);
    (B) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(b)(2) or (c)(2)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum tier 1 capital ratio requirement under 
Sec.  217.10(a); and
    (C) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(b)(3) or (c)(3)(i), as applicable, minus the Board-
regulated institution's minimum total capital ratio requirement under 
Sec.  217.10(a).
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if any 
of the ratios calculated by the Board-regulated institution under Sec.  
217.10(b)(1), (2), or (3), or if applicable Sec.  217.10(c)(1)(i), 
(c)(2)(i), or (c)(3)(i) is less than or equal to the Board-regulated 
institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio, tier 1 
capital ratio, or total capital ratio requirement under Sec.  
217.10(a), respectively, the Board-regulated institution's capital 
conservation buffer is zero.
    (3) Advanced approaches capital conservation buffer. (i) The 
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer is composed solely of 
common equity tier 1 capital.
    (ii) A Board-regulated institution that calculates risk-weighted 
assets under subpart E of this part has an advanced approaches capital 
conservation buffer that is equal to the lowest of the following 
ratios, calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar quarter:
    (A) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(c)(1)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum 
common equity tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec.  217.10(a);
    (B) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(c)(2)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum 
tier 1 capital ratio requirement under Sec.  217.10(a); and
    (C) The ratio calculated by the Board-regulated institution under 
Sec.  217.10(c)(3)(ii) minus the Board-regulated institution's minimum 
total capital ratio requirement under Sec.  217.10(a).
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) of this section, if any 
of the ratios calculated by the Board-regulated institution under Sec.  
217.10(c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)(ii), or (c)(3)(ii) is less than or equal to 
the Board-regulated institution's minimum common equity tier 1 capital 
ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital ratio requirement under 
Sec.  217.10(a), respectively, the Board-regulated institution's 
advanced approaches capital conservation buffer is zero.
    (4) Leverage buffer. (i) The leverage buffer is composed solely of 
tier 1 capital.
    (ii) A Board-regulated institution has a leverage buffer that is 
equal to the Board-regulated institution's leverage ratio minus 4 
percent, calculated as of the last day of the previous calendar 
quarter.
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, if the 
Board-regulated institution's leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4 
percent, the Board-regulated institution's leverage buffer is zero.
    (5) SLR buffer. (i) The SLR buffer is composed solely of tier 1 
capital.
    (ii) A global systemically important BHC has a SLR buffer that is 
equal to the global systemically important BHC's supplementary leverage 
ratio minus 3 percent, calculated as of the last day of the previous 
calendar quarter.
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, if the 
global systemically important BHC's supplementary leverage ratio is 
less than or equal to 3 percent, the global systemically important 
BHC's SLR buffer is zero.

      Table 2 to Sec.   217.11--Calculation of Maximum Payout Ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Capital buffer \1\                      Payout ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than the Board-regulated institution's    No payout ratio
 buffer requirement \2\.                           limitation applies.

[[Page 18180]]

 
Less than or equal to 100 percent of the Board-   60 percent.
 regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
 greater than 75 percent of the Board-regulated
 institution's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 75 percent of the Board-    40 percent.
 regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
 greater than 50 percent of the bank holding
 company's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 50 percent of the Board-    20 percent.
 regulated institution's buffer requirement, and
 greater than 25 percent of the Board-regulated
 institution's buffer requirement.
Less than or equal to 25 percent of the Board-    0 percent.
 regulated institution's buffer requirement.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A Board-regulated institution's ``capital buffer'' means each of, as
  applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer,
  leverage buffer, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, and
  SLR buffer.
\2\ A Board-regulated institution's ``buffer requirement'' means each
  of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation
  buffer requirement, stress leverage buffer requirement, advanced
  approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and SLR buffer
  requirement.

    (d) GSIB surcharge. A global systemically important BHC must use 
its GSIB surcharge calculated in accordance with subpart H of this part 
for purposes of determining its maximum payout ratio under Table 2 to 
this section.

Subpart G--Transition Provisions

0
3. In Sec.  217.300, add paragraph (g) to read as follows:


Sec.  217.300   Transitions.

* * * * *
    (g) Implementation of stress capital buffer requirement and stress 
leverage buffer requirement. Notwithstanding any other requirement in 
Sec.  217.11, unless and until a Board-regulated institution subject to 
12 CFR 225.8 has received a stress capital buffer requirement from the 
Board calculated pursuant to 12 CFR 225.8, for purposes of Sec.  217.11 
its stress capital buffer requirement is equal to 2.5 percent; and, 
unless a Board-regulated institution subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has 
received a stress leverage buffer requirement, for purposes of Sec.  
217.11 its stress leverage buffer requirement is zero.

PART 225--BANK HOLDING COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK CONTROL 
(REGULATION Y)

0
4. The authority citation for part 225 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818, 1828(o), 1831i, 1831p-1, 
1843(c)(8), 1844(b), 1972(1), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331-3351, 3906, 
3907, and 3909; 15 U.S.C. 1681s, 1681w, 6801 and 6805.

Subpart A--General Provisions

0
5. Section 225.8 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  225.8   Capital planning and stress capital and leverage buffer 
requirements.

    (a) Purpose. This section establishes capital planning and prior 
notice and approval requirements for capital distributions by certain 
bank holding companies. This section also establishes the Board's 
process for determining the stress buffer requirements for these bank 
holding companies.
    (b) Scope and reservation of authority--(1) Applicability. Except 
as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this section applies to:
    (i) Any top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United 
States with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more 
($50 billion asset threshold);
    (ii) Any other bank holding company domiciled in the United States 
that is made subject to this section, in whole or in part, by order of 
the Board;
    (iii) Any U.S. intermediate holding company subject to this section 
pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153; and
    (iv) Any nonbank financial company supervised by the Board that is 
made subject to this section pursuant to a rule or order of the Board.
    (2) Average total consolidated assets. For purposes of this 
section, average total consolidated assets means the average of the 
total consolidated assets as reported by a bank holding company on its 
Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C) 
for the four most recent consecutive quarters. If the bank holding 
company has not filed the FR Y-9C for each of the four most recent 
consecutive quarters, average total consolidated assets means the 
average of the company's total consolidated assets, as reported on the 
company's FR Y-9C, for the most recent quarter or consecutive quarters, 
as applicable. Average total consolidated assets are measured on the 
as-of date of the most recent FR Y-9C used in the calculation of the 
average.
    (3) Ongoing applicability. A bank holding company (including any 
successor bank holding company) that is subject to any requirement in 
this section shall remain subject to such requirements unless and until 
its total consolidated assets fall below $50 billion for each of four 
consecutive quarters, as reported on the FR Y-9C and effective on the 
as-of date of the fourth consecutive FR Y-9C.
    (4) Reservation of authority. Nothing in this section shall limit 
the authority of the Federal Reserve to issue a capital directive or 
take any other supervisory or enforcement action, including an action 
to address unsafe or unsound practices or conditions or violations of 
law.
    (5) Rule of construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, 
any reference to bank holding company in this section shall include a 
U.S. intermediate holding company and shall include a nonbank financial 
company supervised by the Board to the extent this section is made 
applicable pursuant to a rule or order of the Board.
    (6) Application of this section by order. The Board may apply this 
section, in whole or in part, to a bank holding company by order based 
on the institution's size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of 
operations, or financial condition.
    (c) Transitional arrangements--(1) Transition periods for certain 
bank holding companies. (i) A bank holding company that meets the $50 
billion asset threshold (as measured under paragraph (b) of this 
section) on or before September 30 of a calendar year must comply with 
the requirements of this section beginning on January 1 of the next 
calendar year, unless that time is extended by the Board in writing.
    (ii) A bank holding company that meets the $50 billion asset 
threshold after September 30 of a calendar year must comply with the 
requirements of this section beginning on January 1 of the second 
calendar year after the bank holding company meets the $50 billion 
asset threshold, unless that time is extended by the Board in writing.
    (iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with the 
concurrence of the Board, may require a bank holding company described 
in paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section to comply with any or 
all of the requirements in

[[Page 18181]]

paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of this section if the Board or 
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, determines that 
the requirement is appropriate on a different date based on the 
company's risk profile, scope of operation, or financial condition and 
provides prior notice to the company of the determination.
    (2) Transition periods for subsidiaries of certain foreign banking 
organizations--(i) U.S. intermediate holding companies. (A) A U.S. 
intermediate holding company required to be established or designated 
pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153 on or before September 30 of a calendar year 
must comply with the requirements of this section beginning on January 
1 of the next calendar year, unless that time is extended by the Board 
in writing.
    (B) A U.S. intermediate holding company required to be established 
or designated pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153 after September 30 of a 
calendar year must comply with the requirements of this section 
beginning on January 1 of the second calendar year after the U.S. 
intermediate holding company is required to be established, unless that 
time is extended by the Board in writing.
    (C) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with the concurrence 
of the Board, may require a U.S. intermediate holding company described 
in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section to comply with any or 
all of the requirements in paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of 
this section if the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence 
of the Board, determines that the requirement is appropriate on a 
different date based on the company's risk profile, scope of operation, 
or financial condition and provides prior notice to the company of the 
determination.
    (ii) Bank holding company subsidiaries of U.S. intermediate holding 
companies required to be established by July 1, 2016. (A) 
Notwithstanding any other requirement in this section, a bank holding 
company that is a subsidiary of a U.S. intermediate holding company 
(or, with the mutual consent of the company and Board, another bank 
holding company domiciled in the United States) shall remain subject to 
paragraph (e) of this section until December 31, 2017, and shall remain 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (g) and (k) of this section 
until the Board issues an objection or non-objection to the capital 
plan of the relevant U.S. intermediate holding company.
    (B) After the time periods set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of 
this section, this section will cease to apply to a bank holding 
company that is a subsidiary of a U.S. intermediate holding company, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board in writing.
    (d) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:
    (1) Additional tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR 
part 217.
    (2) Advanced approaches means the risk-weighted assets calculation 
methodologies at 12 CFR part 217, subpart E, as applicable.
    (3) Average total nonbank assets means the average of the total 
nonbank assets, calculated in accordance with the instructions to the 
FR Y-9LP, for the four most recent consecutive quarters or, if the bank 
holding company has not filed the FR Y-9LP for each of the four most 
recent consecutive quarters, for the most recent quarter or consecutive 
quarters, as applicable.
    (4) BHC baseline scenario means a scenario that reflects the bank 
holding company's reasonable expectation of the economic and financial 
outlook, including expectations related to the bank holding company's 
capital adequacy and financial condition.
    (5) BHC stress scenario means a scenario designed by a bank holding 
company that stresses the specific vulnerabilities of the bank holding 
company's risk profile and operations, including those related to the 
bank holding company's capital adequacy and financial condition.
    (6) Capital action means any issuance of a debt or equity capital 
instrument, any capital distribution, and any similar action that the 
Federal Reserve determines could impact a bank holding company's 
consolidated capital.
    (7) Capital distribution means a redemption or repurchase of any 
debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred 
stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently 
suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for 
inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and 
any similar transaction that the Federal Reserve determines to be in 
substance a distribution of capital.
    (8) Capital plan means a written presentation of a bank holding 
company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy process that 
includes the mandatory elements set forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this 
section.
    (9) Capital plan cycle means the period beginning on January 1 of a 
calendar year and ending on December 31 of that year.
    (10) Capital policy means a bank holding company's written 
principles and guidelines used for capital planning, capital issuance, 
capital usage and distributions, including internal capital goals; the 
quantitative or qualitative guidelines for capital distributions; the 
strategies for addressing potential capital shortfalls; and the 
internal governance procedures around capital policy principles and 
guidelines.
    (11) Common equity tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12 
CFR part 217.
    (12) Effective capital distribution limitations means any 
limitations on capital distributions established by the Board by order 
or regulation, including pursuant to 12 CFR 217.11, 252.63, 252.165, 
and 263.202, provided that, for any limitations based on risk-weighted 
assets, such limitations must be calculated using the standardized 
approach, as set forth in 12 CFR part 217, subpart D.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Effective capital distribution limitations should not 
include planned discretionary bonus payments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (13) Final planned capital distributions means the planned capital 
distributions included in a capital plan that include the adjustments 
made pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, if any.
    (14) Global systemically important BHC means a bank holding company 
identified as a global systemically important BHC under 12 CFR 217.402.
    (15) GSIB surcharge has the same meaning as under 12 CFR 217.403.
    (16) Large and noncomplex bank holding company means any bank 
holding company subject to this section that:
    (i) Has, as of December 31 of the calendar year prior to the 
capital plan cycle:
    (A) Average total consolidated assets of less than $250 billion;
    (B) Average total nonbank assets of less than $75 billion; and
    (ii) Is not a bank holding company that is identified as a global 
systemically important BHC pursuant to Sec.  217.402.
    (17) Net distributions means, for each category of regulatory 
capital, the dollar amount of the bank holding company's capital 
distributions, net of the dollar amount of its capital issuances.
    (18) Net final planned capital distributions means the dollar 
amount of net distributions relating to the bank holding company's 
final planned capital distributions.
    (19) Nonbank financial company supervised by the Board means a 
company that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has determined 
under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer

[[Page 18182]]

Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323) shall be supervised by the Board and 
for which such determination is still in effect.
    (20) Planning horizon means the period of at least nine consecutive 
quarters, beginning with the quarter preceding the quarter in which the 
bank holding company submits its capital plan, over which the relevant 
projections extend.
    (21) Regulatory capital ratio means a capital ratio for which the 
Board has established minimum requirements for the bank holding company 
by regulation or order, including, as applicable, the bank holding 
company's regulatory capital ratios calculated under 12 CFR part 217 
and the deductions required under 12 CFR 248.12; except that the bank 
holding company shall not use the advanced approaches to calculate its 
regulatory capital ratios.
    (22) Stress buffer requirement means either the stress capital 
buffer requirement or the stress leverage buffer requirement.
    (23) Stress capital buffer requirement means the amount calculated 
under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (24) Stress leverage buffer requirement means the amount calculated 
under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    (25) Tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
    (26) Tier 2 capital has the same meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.
    (27) U.S. intermediate holding company means the top-tier U.S. 
company that is required to be established pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153.
    (e) Capital planning requirements and procedures--(1) Annual 
capital planning. (i) A bank holding company must develop and maintain 
a capital plan.
    (ii) A bank holding company must submit its complete capital plan 
to the Board and the appropriate Reserve Bank by April 5 of each 
calendar year, or such later date as directed by the Board or by the 
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board.
    (iii) The bank holding company's board of directors or a designated 
committee thereof must at least annually and prior to submission of the 
capital plan under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section:
    (A) Review the robustness of the bank holding company's process for 
assessing capital adequacy;
    (B) Ensure that any deficiencies in the bank holding company's 
process for assessing capital adequacy are appropriately remedied; and
    (C) Approve the bank holding company's capital plan.
    (2) Mandatory elements of capital plan. A capital plan must contain 
at least the following elements:
    (i) An assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over 
the planning horizon that reflects the bank holding company's size, 
complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations, assuming both 
expected and stressful conditions, including:
    (A) Estimates of projected revenues, losses, reserves, and pro 
forma capital levels, including regulatory capital ratios, and any 
additional capital measures deemed relevant by the bank holding 
company, over the planning horizon under a range of scenarios, 
including any scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve, the BHC 
baseline scenario, and at least one BHC stress scenario;
    (B) A discussion of the results of any stress test required by law 
or regulation, and an explanation of how the capital plan takes these 
results into account; and
    (C) A description of all planned capital actions over the planning 
horizon that are consistent with effective capital distribution 
limitations and as may be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (h) of this 
section. In determining whether a bank holding company's planned 
capital distributions are consistent with effective capital 
distribution limitations, a bank holding company must assume:
    (1) That any countercyclical capital buffer amount currently 
applicable to the bank holding company remains at the same level, 
except that the bank holding company must reflect any increases or 
decreases in the countercyclical capital buffer amount that have been 
announced by the Board at the times indicated by the Board's 
announcement for when such increases or decreases take effect; and
    (2) That any GSIB surcharge currently applicable to the bank 
holding company when the capital plan is submitted remains at the same 
level, except that the bank holding company must reflect any increase 
in its GSIB surcharge pursuant to 12 CFR 217.403(d)(1), beginning in 
the fifth quarter of the planning horizon.
    (ii) A detailed description of the bank holding company's process 
for assessing capital adequacy, including:
    (A) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under 
expected and stressful conditions, maintain capital commensurate with 
its risks, maintain capital above the regulatory capital ratios, and 
serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary depository 
institutions;
    (B) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under 
expected and stressful conditions, maintain sufficient capital to 
continue its operations by maintaining ready access to funding, meeting 
its obligations to creditors and other counterparties, and continuing 
to serve as a credit intermediary;
    (iii) The bank holding company's capital policy; and
    (iv) A discussion of any expected changes to the bank holding 
company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on 
the bank holding company's capital adequacy or liquidity.
    (3) Data collection. Upon the request of the Board or appropriate 
Reserve Bank, the bank holding company shall provide the Federal 
Reserve with information regarding:
    (i) The bank holding company's financial condition, including its 
capital;
    (ii) The bank holding company's structure;
    (iii) Amount and risk characteristics of the bank holding company's 
on- and off-balance sheet exposures, including exposures within the 
bank holding company's trading account, other trading-related exposures 
(such as counterparty-credit risk exposures) or other items sensitive 
to changes in market factors, including, as appropriate, information 
about the sensitivity of positions to changes in market rates and 
prices;
    (iv) The bank holding company's relevant policies and procedures, 
including risk management policies and procedures;
    (v) The bank holding company's liquidity profile and management;
    (vi) The loss, revenue, and expense estimation models used by the 
bank holding company for stress scenario analysis, including supporting 
documentation regarding each model's development and validation; and
    (vii) Any other relevant qualitative or quantitative information 
requested by the Board or by the appropriate Reserve Bank to facilitate 
review of the bank holding company's capital plan under this section.
    (4) Re-submission of a capital plan. (i) A bank holding company 
must update and re-submit its capital plan to the appropriate Reserve 
Bank within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of one of the following 
events:
    (A) The bank holding company determines there has been or will be a 
material change in the bank holding company's risk profile, financial 
condition, or corporate structure since the bank holding company last

[[Page 18183]]

submitted the capital plan to the Board and the appropriate Reserve 
Bank under this section; or
    (B) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of 
the Board, directs the bank holding company in writing to revise and 
resubmit its capital plan for any of the following reasons:
    (1) The capital plan is incomplete or the capital plan, or the bank 
holding company's internal capital adequacy process, contains material 
weaknesses;
    (2) There has been, or will likely be, a material change in the 
bank holding company's risk profile (including a material change in its 
business strategy or any risk exposure), financial condition, or 
corporate structure;
    (3) The BHC stress scenario(s) are not appropriate for the bank 
holding company's business model and portfolios, or changes in 
financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a 
material impact on a bank holding company's risk profile and financial 
condition require the use of updated scenarios; or
    (4) For a bank holding company subject to paragraph (i) of this 
section, the capital plan or the condition of the bank holding company 
raise any of the issues described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
    (ii) A bank holding company may resubmit its capital plan to the 
Federal Reserve if the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank objects to 
the capital plan.
    (iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of 
the Board, may extend the 30-day period in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this 
section for up to an additional 60 calendar days, or such longer period 
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, with concurrence of the 
Board, determines appropriate.
    (iv) Any updated capital plan must satisfy all the requirements of 
this section; however, a bank holding company may continue to rely on 
information submitted as part of a previously submitted capital plan to 
the extent that the information remains accurate and appropriate.
    (5) Confidential treatment of information submitted. The 
confidentiality of information submitted to the Board under this 
section and related materials shall be determined in accordance with 
applicable exemptions under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 
552(b)) and the Board's Rules Regarding Availability of Information (12 
CFR part 261).
    (f) Calculation methodologies and supervisory practices--(1) 
General. The Board will determine the stress buffer requirements that 
apply under 12 CFR 217.11 pursuant to this paragraph (f).
    (2) Stress capital buffer requirement calculation. A bank holding 
company's stress capital buffer requirement is equal to the greater of:
    (i)(A) The ratio of a bank holding company's common equity tier 1 
risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, as calculated under 12 CFR 
part 217, subpart D, as of the final quarter of the previous capital 
plan cycle, unless otherwise determined by the Board; minus
    (B) The lowest projected ratio of the bank holding company's common 
equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in any quarter of the 
planning horizon under the supervisory stress test described in 
paragraph (f)(4) of this section; plus
    (C) The sum of the ratios of the bank holding company's planned 
common stock dividends (expressed as a dollar amount) to projected 
risk-weighted assets for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of 
the planning horizon; or
    (ii) 2.5 percent.
    (3) Stress leverage buffer requirement calculation. A bank holding 
company's stress leverage buffer requirement is equal to:
    (i) The ratio of a bank holding company's tier 1 capital to average 
total consolidated assets, as calculated under 12 CFR part 217, subpart 
D, as of the final quarter of the previous capital plan cycle, unless 
otherwise determined by the Board; minus
    (ii) The lowest projected leverage ratio for the bank holding 
company in any quarter during the planning horizon under the 
supervisory stress test described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section; 
plus
    (iii) The sum of the ratios of the bank holding company's planned 
common stock dividends (expressed as a dollar amount) to the difference 
between projected total consolidated assets and amounts projected to be 
deducted from tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and (d) for 
each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the planning horizon.
    (4) Supervisory stress test. The supervisory stress test is the 
stress test conducted by the Board pursuant to 12 CFR part 252, subpart 
E, under the severely adverse scenario using the assumptions regarding 
a bank holding company's capital actions over the planning horizon that 
are set forth in that section. For a capital plan resubmitted pursuant 
to paragraph (e)(4) of this section, the Board may conduct the 
supervisory stress test using an updated version of the severely 
adverse scenario.
    (g) Review of capital plans by the Federal Reserve. The Board, or 
the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, will 
consider the following factors in reviewing a bank holding company's 
capital plan:
    (1) The comprehensiveness of the capital plan, including the extent 
to which the analysis underlying the capital plan captures and 
addresses potential risks stemming from activities across the bank 
holding company and the bank holding company's capital policy;
    (2) The reasonableness of the bank holding company's capital plan, 
the assumptions and analysis underlying the capital plan, and the 
robustness of its capital adequacy process;
    (3) Relevant supervisory information about the bank holding company 
and its subsidiaries;
    (4) The bank holding company's regulatory and financial reports, as 
well as supporting data that would allow for an analysis of the bank 
holding company's loss, revenue, and reserve projections;
    (5) The results of any stress tests conducted by the bank holding 
company or the Federal Reserve; and
    (6) Other information requested or required by the Board or the 
appropriate Reserve Bank, as well as any other information relevant, or 
related, to the bank holding company's capital adequacy.
    (h) Federal Reserve notice of stress buffer requirements; final 
planned capital distributions--(1) Timing of notice. The Board will 
provide a bank holding company with notice of its stress buffer 
requirements by June 30 of the calendar year in which the capital plan 
was submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless 
otherwise determined by the Board. The notice will include an 
explanation of the results of the supervisory stress test described in 
paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
    (2) Response to notice; request for reconsideration of stress 
capital buffer requirement or stress leverage buffer requirement. A 
bank holding company may request reconsideration of the stress buffer 
requirements provided under paragraph (h)(1) of this section. To 
request reconsideration of its stress buffer requirements, a bank 
holding company must submit to the Board a written request pursuant to 
paragraph (j) of this section.
    (3) Response to notice; adjustments to planned capital 
distributions. Within two business days of receipt of notice of its 
stress buffer requirements under

[[Page 18184]]

paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section, as applicable, a bank 
holding company must:
    (i) Determine whether the capital distributions for the fourth 
through seventh quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline 
scenario included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii) of this section would be consistent with effective capital 
distribution limitations, assuming the stress buffer requirements 
provided by the Board under paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section, 
as applicable; and
    (ii) If the capital distributions for the fourth through seventh 
quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario 
included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) 
of this section would not be consistent with effective capital 
distribution limitations assuming the stress buffer requirements, the 
bank holding company must determine how it would reduce its planned 
capital distributions such that those planned capital distributions 
would be consistent with effective capital distribution limitations 
assuming the stress buffer requirements, and must notify the Board of 
these reductions; or
    (iii) If the capital distributions for the fourth through seventh 
quarters of the planning horizon under the BHC baseline scenario 
included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) 
of this section would be consistent with effective capital distribution 
limitations assuming the stress buffer requirements, the bank holding 
company may determine to adjust its planned capital distributions, 
provided that the adjusted planned capital distributions do not exceed 
the amount included in the capital plan submitted pursuant to paragraph 
(e)(1)(ii) of this section, and, if any adjustments are made, must 
notify the Board of these adjustments.
    (4) Response to notice; final planned capital distributions. (i) If 
a bank holding company does not request reconsideration under paragraph 
(j) of this section, the Board will consider the planned capital 
distributions, including any adjustments made pursuant to paragraph 
(h)(3) of this section, to be the bank holding company's final planned 
capital distributions on the expiration of the time for requesting 
reconsideration under paragraph (j) of this section.
    (ii) If a bank holding company requests reconsideration under 
paragraph (j) of this section, the bank holding company must provide 
the Board with its final planned capital distributions, including any 
adjustments made pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) of this section, within 2 
business days of receipt of notice of the Board's response under 
paragraph (j)(5) of this section.
    (5) Final stress capital buffer requirement and stress leverage 
buffer requirement; effective date. (i) The Board will provide a bank 
holding company with its stress buffer requirements and confirmation of 
the bank holding company's final planned capital distributions by 
August 31 of the calendar year that a capital plan was submitted, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board. No stress buffer requirements 
shall be considered final so as to be agency action subject to judicial 
review under 5 U.S.C. 704 during the pendency of a request for 
reconsideration, pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section, or before 
the time for requesting reconsideration has expired.
    (ii) A bank holding company's final planned capital distributions 
and stress buffer requirements shall:
    (A) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, be effective on 
October 1 of the calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted 
pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
    (B) Remain in effect until superseded, unless otherwise determined 
by the Board.
    (6) Publication. With respect to any bank holding company subject 
to this section, the Board may disclose publicly any or all of the 
following items:
    (i) The stress buffer requirements provided to a bank holding 
company under paragraph (h)(1) of this section that includes the 
adjustments made under paragraph (h)(3) also of this section, if any;
    (ii) A summary of the results of the supervisory stress test 
described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section; and
    (iii) A bank holding company's request for reconsideration under 
paragraph (j) of this section, and the Board's response to any such 
request for reconsideration or a summary thereof.
    (i) Federal Reserve action on a capital plan for bank holding 
companies that are not large and noncomplex bank holding companies--(1) 
Timing of action. The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with 
concurrence of the Board, will object, in whole or in part, to the 
capital plan of a bank holding company that is not a large and 
noncomplex bank holding company or provide the bank holding company 
with a notice of non-objection to its capital plan:
    (i) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, by June 30 of the 
calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted pursuant to 
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and
    (ii) For a capital plan resubmitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(4) of 
this section, within 75 calendar days after the date on which a capital 
plan is resubmitted, unless the Board provides notice to the bank 
holding company that it is extending the time period.
    (2) Basis for objection to a capital plan. The Board may object to 
a capital plan submitted by a bank holding company that is not a large 
and noncomplex bank holding company if the Board determines that:
    (i) The bank holding company has material unresolved supervisory 
issues, including but not limited to issues associated with its capital 
adequacy process;
    (ii) The assumptions and analysis underlying the bank holding 
company's capital plan, or the bank holding company's methodologies and 
practices that support its capital planning process, are not reasonable 
or appropriate; or
    (iii) The bank holding company's capital planning process or 
proposed capital distributions otherwise constitute an unsafe or 
unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Board order, 
directive, or condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the 
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank. In determining whether a capital 
plan or any proposed capital distribution would constitute an unsafe or 
unsound practice, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank would 
consider whether the bank holding company is and would remain in sound 
financial condition after giving effect to the capital plan and all 
proposed capital distributions.
    (3) Notification of decision. The Board or the appropriate Reserve 
Bank will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for 
a decision to object to a capital plan.
    (4) General distribution limitation. If the Board or the 
appropriate Reserve Bank objects to a capital plan and until such time 
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the 
Board, issues a non-objection to the bank holding company's capital 
plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution, 
other than capital distributions arising from the issuance of a capital 
instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory 
capital ratio or capital distributions with respect to which the Board 
or the appropriate Reserve Bank has indicated in writing its non-
objection.
    (5) Publication of summary results. The Board may disclose publicly 
its decision to object or not object to a bank holding company's 
capital plan under

[[Page 18185]]

this section, along with a summary of the results of the supervisory 
stress test described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section for that 
company. Any disclosure under this paragraph (i)(5) will occur by June 
30 of the calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted pursuant 
to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless otherwise determined by 
the Board.
    (j) Administrative Remedies; request for reconsideration. The 
following requirements and procedures apply to any request under this 
paragraph (j):
    (1) General. To request reconsideration of an objection to a 
capital plan, provided under paragraph (i) of this section, or of a 
stress buffer requirement, provided under paragraph (h) of this 
section, a bank holding company must submit a written request for 
reconsideration.
    (2) Timing of request. (i) A request for reconsideration of an 
objection to a capital plan, provided under paragraph (i) of this 
section, must be received within 15 calendar days of receipt of a 
notice of objection to a capital plan.
    (ii) A request for reconsideration of a stress buffer requirement, 
provided under paragraph (h) of this section, must be received within 
15 calendar days of receipt of a notice of bank holding company's 
stress buffer requirement.
    (3) Contents of request. (i) A request for reconsideration must 
include a detailed explanation of why reconsideration should be 
granted. With respect to any information that was not previously 
provided to the Federal Reserve in the bank holding company's capital 
plan, the request should include an explanation of why the information 
should be considered.
    (ii) A request for reconsideration may include a request for an 
informal hearing on the bank holding company's request for 
reconsideration.
    (4) Hearing. (i) The Board may, in its sole discretion, order an 
informal hearing if the Board finds that a hearing is appropriate or 
necessary to resolve disputes regarding material issues of fact.
    (ii) An informal hearing shall be held within 30 calendar days of a 
request, if granted, provided that the Board may extend this period 
upon notice to the requesting party.
    (5) Response to request. (i) Within 30 calendar days of receipt of 
the bank holding company's request for reconsideration of an objection 
to a capital plan submitted under paragraph (j) of this section or 
within 30 days of the conclusion of an informal hearing conducted under 
paragraph (j)(4) of this section, the Board will notify the company of 
its decision to affirm or withdraw the objection to the bank holding 
company's capital plan, or a specific capital distribution, provided 
that the Board may extend this period upon notice to the bank holding 
company.
    (ii) Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the bank holding 
company's request for reconsideration of its stress buffer requirement 
submitted under paragraph (j) of this section or within 30 days of the 
conclusion of an informal hearing conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of 
this section, the Board will notify the company of its decision to 
affirm or modify, as applicable, the bank holding company's stress 
buffer requirement, provided that the Board may extend this period upon 
notice to the bank holding company.
    (6) Distributions during the pendency of a request for 
reconsideration. During the pendency of the Board's final decision 
under paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the bank holding company may 
make the capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate 
Reserve Bank indicated its non-objection, except that, if the Board or 
the appropriate Reserve Bank has not yet indicated its non-objection 
for a quarter during which a decision under paragraph (j)(5) of this 
section is pending, the bank holding company is authorized to make 
capital distributions that do not to exceed the four-quarter average of 
capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate Reserve 
Bank indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board.
    (k) Approval requirements for certain capital actions--(1) 
Circumstances requiring approval. A bank holding company may not make a 
capital distribution (excluding any capital distribution arising from 
the issuance of a capital instrument eligible for inclusion in the 
numerator of a regulatory capital ratio) under the following 
circumstances, unless it receives prior approval from the Board or 
appropriate Reserve Bank pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this section:
    (i) After giving effect to the capital distribution, the bank 
holding company would not meet a minimum regulatory capital ratio;
    (ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of 
the Board, notifies the company in writing that the Federal Reserve has 
determined that the capital distribution would result in a material 
adverse change to the company's capital or liquidity structure or that 
the company's earnings were materially underperforming projections;
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, the 
dollar amount of the capital distribution will exceed the dollar amount 
of the bank holding company's final planned capital distributions, as 
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the 
planning horizon through the quarter at issue; or
    (iv) The capital distribution would occur after the occurrence of 
an event requiring resubmission under paragraph (e)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of 
this section and before the Federal Reserve has responded or acted 
under paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, as applicable.
    (2) Exception for well capitalized bank holding companies. (i) A 
bank holding company may make a capital distribution for which the 
dollar amount exceeds the dollar amount of the bank holding company's 
final planned capital distributions if the following conditions are 
satisfied:
    (A) The bank holding company is, and after the capital distribution 
would remain, well capitalized as defined in Sec.  225.2(r);
    (B) The bank holding company's performance and capital levels are, 
and after the capital distribution would remain, consistent with its 
projections under the BHC baseline scenario;
    (C) The annual aggregate dollar amount of all capital distributions 
in the period beginning on July 1 of a calendar year and ending on June 
30 of the following calendar year would not exceed the total dollar 
amounts of the bank holding company's final planned capital 
distributions by more than 0.25 percent multiplied by the bank holding 
company's tier 1 capital, as reported to the Federal Reserve on the 
bank holding company's most recent first-quarter FR Y-9C;
    (D) Between July 1 of a calendar year and March 15 of the following 
calendar year, the bank holding company provides the appropriate 
Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to a capital 
distribution that includes the elements described in paragraph (k)(4) 
of this section; and
    (E) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of 
the Board, does not object to the transaction proposed in the notice. 
In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction, the Board 
or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria described in 
paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) The exception in this paragraph (k)(2) shall not apply if the 
Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the bank holding company 
in writing that it is ineligible for this exception.

[[Page 18186]]

    (3) Net distribution limitation--(i) General. Notwithstanding a 
bank holding company's final planned capital distributions, the bank 
holding company must reduce its capital distributions in accordance 
with paragraph (k)(3)(ii) of this section if the bank holding company 
raises a smaller dollar amount of capital of a given category of 
regulatory capital instruments than it had included in its capital 
plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter 
of the planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
    (ii) Reduction of distributions--(A) Common equity tier 1 capital. 
If the bank holding company raises a smaller dollar amount of common 
equity tier 1 capital, the bank holding company must reduce its final 
planned capital distributions relating to common equity tier 1 capital 
such that net distributions relating to common equity tier 1 capital 
are no greater than net final planned capital distributions of common 
equity tier 1 capital, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in 
the fourth quarter of the planning horizon through the end of the 
current quarter.
    (B) Additional tier 1 capital. If the bank holding company raises a 
smaller dollar amount of additional tier 1 capital, the bank holding 
company must reduce its final planned capital distributions relating to 
additional tier 1 capital (other than scheduled payments on additional 
tier 1 capital instruments) such that the dollar amount of the bank 
holding company's net distributions relating to additional tier 1 
capital is no greater than the dollar amount of its net final planned 
capital distributions relating to additional tier 1 capital, as 
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the 
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
    (C) Tier 2 capital. If the bank holding company raises a smaller 
dollar amount of tier 2 capital, the bank holding company must reduce 
its final planned capital distributions relating to tier 2 capital 
(other than scheduled payments on tier 2 capital instruments) such that 
the dollar amount of the bank holding company's net distributions 
relating to tier 2 capital is no greater than the dollar amount of its 
net final planned capital distributions relating to tier 2 capital, as 
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the 
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter.
    (iii) Exceptions. Paragraphs (k)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section 
shall not apply:
    (A) To the extent that the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank 
indicates in writing its approval pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this 
section, following a request for prior approval from the bank holding 
company that includes all of the information required to be submitted 
under paragraph (k)(4) of this section;
    (B) To capital distributions arising from the issuance of a capital 
instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory 
capital ratio that the bank holding company had not included in its 
capital plan;
    (C) To the extent that the bank holding company raised a smaller 
dollar amount of capital in the category of regulatory capital 
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due to 
employee-directed capital issuances related to an employee stock 
ownership plan;
    (D) To the extent that the bank holding company raised a smaller 
dollar amount of capital in the category of regulatory capital 
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due to a 
planned merger or acquisition that is no longer expected to be 
consummated or for which the consideration paid is lower than the 
projected price in the capital plan; or
    (E) To the extent that the dollar amount by which the bank holding 
company's net distributions exceed the dollar amount of its net final 
planned capital distributions in the category of regulatory capital 
instruments described in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section, as 
measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the fourth quarter of the 
planning horizon through the end of the current quarter, is less than 
0.25 percent of the bank holding company's tier 1 capital, as reported 
to the Federal Reserve on the bank holding company's most recent first-
quarter FR Y-9C; between July 1 of a calendar year and March 15 of the 
following calendar year, the bank holding company provides the 
appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to any 
capital distribution in that category of regulatory capital instruments 
that includes the elements described in paragraph (k)(4) of this 
section; and the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence 
of the Board, does not object to the transaction proposed in the 
notice. In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction, 
the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria 
described in paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) Exclusion from exceptions. The exceptions in paragraph 
(k)(3)(iii) of this section shall not apply if the Board or the 
appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the bank holding company in writing 
that it is ineligible for this exception.
    (4) Contents of request. (i) A request for a capital distribution 
under this section shall be filed between July 1 of a calendar year and 
March 1 of the following calendar year with the appropriate Reserve 
Bank and the Board and shall contain the following information:
    (A) The bank holding company's current capital plan or an 
attestation that there have been no changes to the capital plan since 
it was last submitted to the Federal Reserve;
    (B) The purpose of the transaction;
    (C) A description of the capital distribution, including for 
redemptions or repurchases of securities, the gross consideration to be 
paid and the terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and for 
dividends, the amount of the dividend(s); and
    (D) Any additional information requested by the Board or the 
appropriate Reserve Bank (which may include, among other things, an 
assessment of the bank holding company's capital adequacy under a 
revised stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, a revised 
capital plan, and supporting data).
    (ii) Any request submitted with respect to a capital distribution 
described in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section shall also include a 
plan for restoring the bank holding company's capital to an amount 
above a minimum level within 30 calendar days and a rationale for why 
the capital distribution would be appropriate.
    (5) Approval of certain capital distributions. (i) The Board or the 
appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the Board, will act on a 
request under this paragraph (k)(5) within 30 calendar days after the 
receipt of all the information required under paragraph (k)(4) of this 
section.
    (ii) In acting on a request under this paragraph (k)(5), the Board 
or appropriate Reserve Bank will apply the considerations and 
principles in paragraphs (g) and (i) of this section, as appropriate. 
In addition, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank may disapprove 
the transaction if the bank holding company does not provide all of the 
information required to be submitted under paragraph (k)(4) of this 
section.
    (6) Disapproval and hearing. (i) The Board or the appropriate 
Reserve Bank will notify the bank holding company in writing of the 
reasons for a decision to disapprove any proposed capital distribution. 
Within 15 calendar days after receipt of a disapproval by the Board, 
the bank holding company may submit a written request for a hearing.

[[Page 18187]]

    (A) The Board may, in its sole discretion, order an informal 
hearing if the Board finds that a hearing is appropriate or necessary 
to resolve disputes regarding material issues of fact.
    (B) An informal hearing shall be held within 30 calendar days of a 
request, if granted, provided that the Board may extend this period 
upon notice to the requesting party.
    (C) Written notice of the final decision of the Board shall be 
given to the bank holding company within 60 calendar days of the 
conclusion of any informal hearing ordered by the Board, provided that 
the Board may extend this period upon notice to the requesting party.
    (D) While the Board's final decision is pending and until such time 
as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank with concurrence of the 
Board, approves the capital distribution at issue, the bank holding 
company may not make such capital distribution.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (l) Transition for certain planned capital actions. For the period 
July 1 to September 30, 2019, a bank holding company is authorized to 
make capital distributions that do not exceed the four-quarter average 
of capital distributions to which the Board or the appropriate Reserve 
Bank indicated its non-objection for the previous capital plan cycle, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board.

PART 252--ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)

0
6. The authority citation for part 252 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  12 U.S.C. 321-338a, 481-486, 1467a, 1818, 1828, 
1831n, 1831o, 1831p-l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1844(c), 3101 et seq., 
3101 note, 3904, 3906-3909, 4808, 5361, 5362, 5365, 5366, 5367, 
5368, 5371.

Subpart E--Supervisory Stress Test Requirements for U.S. Bank 
Holding Companies With $50 Billion or More in Total Consolidated 
Assets and Nonbank Financial Companies Supervised by the Board

0
7. Section 252.44 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  252.44   Annual analysis conducted by the Board.

* * * * *
    (c) Assumptions. In conducting a stress test under this section, 
the Board will make the following assumptions regarding a covered 
company's capital actions over the planning horizon:
    (1) The covered company will not pay any dividends on any 
instruments that qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
    (2) The covered company will make payments on instruments that 
qualify as additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the 
stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such instrument;
    (3) The covered company will not make a redemption or repurchase of 
any capital instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator 
of a regulatory capital ratio; and
    (4) The covered company will not make any issuances of common stock 
or preferred stock, except for issuances in connection with a planned 
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is 
reflected in the covered company's pro forma balance sheet estimates.

Subpart F--Company-Run Stress Test Requirements for U.S. Bank 
Holding Companies With $50 Billion or More in Total Consolidated 
Assets and Nonbank Financial Companies Supervised by the Board

0
8. Section 252.54 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2)(i) 
introductory text to read as follows:


Sec.  252.54  Annual stress test.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (i) The Board may require a covered company with significant 
trading activity (a covered company that has aggregate trading assets 
and liabilities of $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading assets and 
liabilities equal to 10 percent or more of total consolidated assets, 
and is not a large and noncomplex bank holding company, as defined in 
12 CFR 225.8) to include a trading and counterparty component in its 
adverse and severely adverse scenarios in the stress test required by 
this section:
* * * * *
0
9. Section 252.56 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  252.56  Methodologies and practices.

* * * * *
    (b) Assumptions regarding capital actions. In conducting a stress 
test under Sec. Sec.  252.54 and 252.55, a covered company is required 
to make the following assumptions regarding its capital actions over 
the planning horizon:
    (1) The covered company will not pay any dividends on any 
instruments that qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;
    (2) The covered company will make payments on instruments that 
qualify as additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital equal to the 
stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such instrument;
    (3) The covered company will not make a redemption or repurchase of 
any capital instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator 
of a regulatory capital ratio; and
    (4) The covered company will not make any issuances of common stock 
or preferred stock, except for issuances in connection with a planned 
merger or acquisition to the extent that the merger or acquisition is 
reflected in the covered company's pro forma balance sheet estimates.
* * * * *
0
10. Amend appendix B to part 252, as proposed to be added at 82 FR 
59528, by revising section 2.7 and adding section 3.4 to read as 
follows:

Appendix B to Part 252--Stress Testing Policy Statement

* * * * *

2.7. Credit Supply Maintenance

    The supervisory stress test incorporates an assumption that 
restricts the contraction of aggregate credit supply during the 
stress period. The aim of supervisory stress testing is to assess 
whether firms are sufficiently capitalized to absorb losses during 
times of economic stress, while meeting obligations and continuing 
to lend to households and businesses. While an individual firm may 
assume that it reacts to rising losses by sharply restricting its 
lending, (e.g., by exiting a particular business line), the banking 
industry as a whole cannot do so without creating a ``credit 
crunch'' and substantially increasing the severity and duration of 
an economic downturn. Ensuring that covered companies cannot assume 
they will ``shrink to health,'' serves the Federal Reserve's goal of 
helping to ensure that major financial firms remain sufficiently 
capitalized to accommodate credit demand in a severe downturn.
    Accordingly, in projecting a firm's balance sheet, the Federal 
Reserve will assume that the firm takes actions to maintain a 
constant level of assets, including loans, trading assets, and 
securities over the planning horizon. In order to implement this 
policy, the Federal Reserve must make assumptions about new loan 
balances. To predict losses on new originations over the planning 
horizon, newly originated loans are assumed to have the same risk 
characteristics as the existing portfolio, where applicable, with 
the exception of loan age and delinquency status. These newly 
originated loans would be part of a covered company's normal 
business, even in a stressed economic environment. By precluding the 
need to make assumptions about how underwriting standards might 
tighten or loosen during times of economic stress, the Federal 
Reserve adheres to Principle 1.3 and promotes consistency across 
covered companies. Similar to the Board's current methodology, 
balance sheet projections would reflect the impact of a planned 
merger or acquisition, or completed or contractually agreed-on 
divestiture.
    In projecting the denominator for the calculation of the 
leverage ratio, the Federal Reserve will account for the effect of 
changes associated with the calculation of regulatory

[[Page 18188]]

capital or changes to the Board's regulations. As with the Board's 
current methodology, leverage ratio denominator projections would 
reflect the impact of a planned merger or acquisition, or completed 
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
* * * * *

3.4. Simple Approach for Projecting Risk-Weighted Assets

    In projecting risk-weighted assets, the Federal Reserve will 
generally assume that a covered company's risk-weighted assets 
remain unchanged over the planning horizon. This assumption allows 
the Federal Reserve to independently project firms' risk-weighted 
assets in line with the goal of simplicity (Principle 1.4). In 
addition, this approach is forward-looking (Principle 1.2), as this 
assumption removes reliance on historical data and past outcomes 
from the projection of risk-weighted assets.
    In projecting a firm's risk-weighted assets, the Federal Reserve 
will account for the effect of changes associated with the 
calculation of regulatory capital or changes to the Board's 
regulations in the calculation of risk-weighted assets. As with the 
Board's current methodology, risk-weighted asset projections would 
reflect the impact of a planned merger or acquisition, or completed 
or contractually agreed-on divestiture.

    By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System, April 10, 2018.
Ann Misback,
Secretary of the Board.

[FR Doc. 2018-08006 Filed 4-24-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 6210-01-P



                                                   18160                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM                                    • Fax: (202) 452–3819 or (202) 452–                    C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline for
                                                                                                           3102.                                                       Reviewing Capital Plans and Calculating
                                                   12 CFR Parts 217, 225, and 252                            • Mail: Address to Ann E. Misback,                        the Stress Buffer Requirements
                                                                                                           Secretary, Board of Governors of the                     D. Requests for Reconsideration
                                                   [Regulations Q, Y, and YY; Docket No. R–                                                                         E. Capital Plan Resubmission and
                                                   1603]                                                   Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and
                                                                                                                                                                       Circumstances Warranting Recalculation
                                                                                                           Constitution Avenue NW, Washington,                         of the Stress Buffer Requirements
                                                   RIN 7100–AF 02                                          DC 20551.                                              IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule and
                                                                                                             All public comments will be made                          Explanation of the Mechanics of the
                                                   Amendments to the Regulatory                            available on the Board’s website at                         Distribution Limitations of the Stress
                                                   Capital, Capital Plan, and Stress Test                  http://www.federalreserve.gov/                              Buffer Requirements
                                                   Rules                                                   generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx as                    A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
                                                   AGENCY: Board of Governors of the                       submitted, unless modified for technical                 B. Mechanics of the Distribution
                                                                                                           reasons or to remove sensitive PII at the                   Limitations of the Stress Buffer
                                                   Federal Reserve System (Board).
                                                                                                           commenter’s request. Public comments                        Requirements
                                                   ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking                                                                          V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test Rules
                                                                                                           may also be viewed electronically or in
                                                   with request for comment.                                                                                      VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory Reports
                                                                                                           paper form in Room 3515, 1801 K Street
                                                                                                                                                                  VII. Administrative Law Matters
                                                   SUMMARY:    The Board is inviting                       NW (between 18th and 19th Streets                        A. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                   comment on a notice of proposed                         NW), Washington, DC 20006 between                        B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
                                                   rulemaking (proposal) that would                        9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on weekdays.                     C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of Plain
                                                   integrate the Board’s regulatory capital                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lisa                       Language
                                                   rule (capital rule) and the Board’s                     Ryu, Associate Director, (202) 263–4833,
                                                                                                                                                                  I. Background and Summary of the
                                                   Comprehensive Capital Analysis and                      Constance Horsley, Deputy Associate
                                                                                                                                                                  Proposal
                                                   Review (CCAR) and stress test rules in                  Director, (202) 452–5239, (202) 475–
                                                   order to simplify the capital regime                    6316, Juan Climent, Manager (202) 872–                 A. Description of the Capital Plan and
                                                   applicable to firms subject to the capital              7526, Christine Graham, Senior                         Capital Rules
                                                   plan rule. The proposal would amend                     Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
                                                                                                                                                                     The resiliency of large financial
                                                   the Board’s capital plan rule, capital                  452–3005, Page Conkling, Senior
                                                                                                                                                                  institutions is critical to the stability of
                                                   rule, and stress testing rules, and make                Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
                                                                                                                                                                  the financial sector. As shown in the
                                                   amendments to the Stress Testing Policy                 912–4647, Joseph Cox, Senior
                                                                                                                                                                  2007–2008 financial crisis, problems at
                                                   Statement that was proposed for public                  Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202)
                                                                                                                                                                  large financial institutions can lead to
                                                   comment on December 15, 2017. Under                     452–3216, or Hillel Kipnis, Senior
                                                                                                                                                                  significant market disruption, spread
                                                   the proposal, the Board’s supervisory                   Financial Analyst, (202) 452–2924,
                                                                                                                                                                  rapidly throughout the financial system,
                                                   stress test would be used to establish the              Division of Banking Supervision and
                                                                                                                                                                  and cause a credit crunch, worsening
                                                   size of a stress capital buffer                         Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough,
                                                                                                                                                                  economic downturns. To be resilient, a
                                                   requirement and a stress leverage buffer                Assistant General Counsel, (202) 452–
                                                                                                                                                                  financial institution must maintain
                                                   requirement. The proposal would apply                   2036, Julie Anthony, Counsel, (202)
                                                                                                                                                                  sufficient levels of capital to support the
                                                   to bank holding companies with $50                      475–6682, Mark Buresh, Senior
                                                                                                                                                                  risks associated with its exposures and
                                                   billion or more in total consolidated                   Attorney, (202) 452–5270, Asad Kudiya,
                                                                                                                                                                  activities. In the years leading up to the
                                                   assets and U.S. intermediate holding                    Senior Attorney, (202) 475–6358, or
                                                                                                                                                                  financial crisis, neither the regulatory
                                                   companies of foreign banking                            Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452–
                                                                                                                                                                  capital regime nor financial institutions’
                                                   organizations established pursuant to                   3722, Legal Division, Board of
                                                                                                                                                                  own models sufficiently captured the
                                                   Regulation YY. The proposal would not                   Governors of the Federal Reserve
                                                                                                                                                                  actual risk exposures of financial
                                                   apply to any community bank, any bank                   System, 20th Street and Constitution
                                                                                                                                                                  institutions, resulting in a level of
                                                   holding company with total                              Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551.
                                                                                                                                                                  capital that was inadequate to cover
                                                   consolidated assets of less than $50                    Users of Telecommunication Device for
                                                                                                                                                                  losses as conditions deteriorated,
                                                   billion, or to any state member bank or                 Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263–4869.
                                                                                                                                                                  putting the economic activity at risk.
                                                   savings and loan holding company. The                   SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                                The risks to the ability of the financial
                                                   proposal would be effective on                          Table of Contents                                      system to support economic growth
                                                   December 31, 2018. Under the proposal,                                                                         were exacerbated by actions taken by
                                                   a firm’s first stress capital buffer and                I. Background and Summary of the Proposal
                                                                                                              A. Description of the Capital Plan and
                                                                                                                                                                  firms during the crisis. Rather than
                                                   stress leverage buffer requirements                                                                            conserve loss-absorbing resources, many
                                                                                                                 Capital Rules
                                                   would generally be effective on October                    B. Review of Capital Planning and Stress            firms continued to distribute capital to
                                                   1, 2019.                                                      Testing Programs                                 shareholders in an attempt to reassure
                                                   DATES: Comments must be received by                        C. Actions Following the CCAR Review                the market of their health and
                                                   June 25, 2018.                                             D. Summary of Proposal                              resiliency. Further, the lack of
                                                   ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
                                                                                                           II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements                transparency into firms’ actual risk
                                                                                                              A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer
                                                   identified by [Docket No. R–1603 and                          Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                  profiles during the crisis increased
                                                   RIN 7100–AF 02] by any of the                              B. Assumptions and Methodologies Used               uncertainty, left counterparties unable
                                                   following methods:                                            in Determining the Proposed Stress               to distinguish between healthy and
                                                      • Agency Website: http://
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                                                                                 Buffer Requirements                              unhealthy banks, and prompted a large
                                                   www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the                         C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress              and sudden reaction from the markets as
                                                   instructions for submitting comments at                       Buffer Requirements                              the full scale of risks was revealed. The
                                                   http://www.federalreserve.gov/                             D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer             systematic loss of confidence in the
                                                                                                                 Requirements                                     banking sector that ensued led to
                                                   generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.aspx.
                                                                                                           III. Proposed Changes to the Capital Plan
                                                      • Email: regs.comments@                                    Rule                                             sharply tighter credit conditions for
                                                   federalreserve.gov. Include the docket                     A. Removal of Quantitative Objection                businesses and households and caused
                                                   number and RIN number in the subject                       B. Requirements for a Firm’s Planned                extreme strains in crucial markets; the
                                                   line of the message.                                          Capital Distributions                            economic consequences prompted


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                     18161

                                                   public sector intervention by the                       capital actions (for example, dividends,               otherwise meet the conditions set forth
                                                   Congress, U.S. Treasury, Board,1 and                    capital issuances, and repurchases of                  in 12 CFR 217.100(b).9
                                                   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation                   capital instruments) that are in its                      In July 2015, the Board adopted the
                                                   to avoid further deterioration and                      capital plan (supervisory post-stress                  GSIB surcharge rule as part of its
                                                   restore economic activity.                              capital assessment).                                   implementation of section 165 of the
                                                      At the height of the crisis, the Board                  Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall                  Dodd-Frank Act.10 The GSIB surcharge
                                                   turned to stress testing, under the                     Street Reform and Consumer Protection                  rule establishes the criteria for
                                                   Supervisory Capital Assessment                          Act (Dodd-Frank Act) requires the Board                identifying a GSIB and the methods that
                                                   Program (SCAP), to determine potential                  to adopt enhanced capital standards,                   those firms must use to calculate a risk-
                                                   losses at the largest firms if the                      including supervisory stress tests,                    based capital surcharge, which is
                                                   prevailing stress severely worsened and                 company-run stress tests, and enhanced                 calibrated to each firm’s overall
                                                   to restore confidence in the financial                  risk-based and leverage capital                        systemic risk and which expands the
                                                   sector.2 Building on the success of the                 requirements, for bank holding                         capital conservation buffer requirement
                                                   SCAP, the Board introduced the current                  companies with total consolidated                      for these firms.11
                                                   stress testing regime and CCAR to assess                                                                          Strengthening the regulatory capital
                                                                                                           assets of $50 billion or more. The
                                                   whether the largest firms have sufficient                                                                      regime, including the introduction of
                                                                                                           enhanced prudential standards that the
                                                   capital to continue to lend and absorb                                                                         capital planning and stress testing
                                                                                                           Board adopts pursuant to section 165                   requirements, has been an important
                                                   potential losses under severely adverse
                                                                                                           must increase in stringency based on the               supervisory response to the financial
                                                   conditions, and to ensure that they have
                                                                                                           systemic importance of the firm. The                   crisis. Stress testing makes the capital
                                                   sound, forward-looking capital planning
                                                                                                           Board’s supervisory stress test                        regime more forward-looking, risk-
                                                   practices.3 The Board publishes the
                                                                                                           conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank                   sensitive, and firm-specific. As a result
                                                   results of its stress tests and assessment
                                                                                                           Act evaluates whether firms have                       of this program and the enhancements
                                                   of firms’ capital planning practices,
                                                                                                           sufficient capital to continue operations              made to the Board’s regulatory capital
                                                   which enhances market discipline.
                                                      The Board adopted the capital plan                   throughout times of economic and                       regime, large U.S. bank holding
                                                   rule in 2011, which requires each bank                  financial stress using firm-provided data              companies are much more resilient to
                                                   holding company with $50 billion or                     and a common set of scenarios, models,                 stress than in the past. Common equity
                                                   more in total consolidated assets to                    and assumptions.6 In the company-run                   capital levels among the nation’s largest
                                                   submit an annual capital plan to the                    stress tests, firms use the same scenarios             bank holding companies have risen by
                                                   Board.4 The Board may limit a firm’s                    that the Board uses to conduct the                     over $720 billion since 2009, making
                                                   capital distributions under the rule if                 supervisory stress tests.                              U.S. firms among the strongest in the
                                                   the Board finds deficiencies in the                        Similar to the Board’s capital                      world.12
                                                   firm’s capital plan or pro forma post-                  planning and stress testing rules, the
                                                                                                                                                                  B. Review of Capital Planning and
                                                   stress level of capital.5 As part of CCAR,              Board’s capital rule also addresses
                                                                                                                                                                  Stress Testing Programs
                                                   the Board evaluates the ability of each                 weaknesses observed during the 2007–
                                                   of the largest bank holding companies to                2008 financial crisis. In 2013, the Board                 The Board periodically reevaluates its
                                                   maintain capital above minimum                          adopted a final rule that revised the                  programs to ensure that they remain
                                                   regulatory capital requirements under                   Board’s risk-based and leverage capital                effective and that unintended
                                                   expected and stressful conditions,                      requirements for firms.7 The revisions to              consequences are minimized.
                                                   assuming that a firm makes all planned                  the Board’s capital rule strengthened the              Accordingly, the Board has reviewed
                                                                                                           quality and quantity of capital held by                the CCAR program to assess its
                                                      1 References to the Board in this preamble may
                                                                                                           firms by implementing, among other                     effectiveness and to identify any areas
                                                   also refer to the Federal Reserve.                      changes, a new minimum common                          that should be refined (CCAR review).
                                                      2 SCAP applied to domestic bank holding
                                                                                                           equity tier 1 (CET1) capital requirement,              The CCAR review included an internal
                                                   companies with $100 billion or more in total
                                                   consolidated assets.                                    a higher minimum tier 1 capital                        assessment as well as a series of
                                                      3 The changes in this proposal would apply to        requirement, and capital buffer                        feedback meetings with outside parties.
                                                   bank holding companies with total consolidated          requirements above the minimum                         The participants in such meetings
                                                   assets of $50 billion or more, any nonbank financial    requirements. A firm must maintain                     included senior management from firms
                                                   company supervised by the Board that becomes                                                                   currently subject to the capital plan
                                                   subject to the capital planning requirements            risk-based capital ratios in excess of the
                                                   pursuant to a rule or order of the Board, and to U.S.   minimum plus buffer requirements in                    rule, debt and equity market analysts,
                                                   intermediate holding companies established              order to avoid limitations on capital
                                                                                                                                                                    9 12 CFR part 217.
                                                   pursuant to the Board’s Regulation YY (12 CFR part      distributions and certain discretionary
                                                   252) in accordance with the transition provisions                                                                10 12 CFR part 217, subpart H; 80 FR 49082
                                                   under the capital plan rule. Currently, no nonbank      bonus payments.8 In addition, the Board                (August 14, 2015).
                                                   financial companies supervised by the Board are         adopted a supplementary leverage ratio                   11 In addition, a GSIB must maintain a
                                                   subject to the capital planning requirements.           that measures capital against on- and                  supplementary leverage ratio in excess of 5 percent
                                                   References to ‘‘bank holding companies’’ or ‘‘firms’’   off-balance sheet exposures for firms                  in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions
                                                   in this preamble should be read to include all of                                                              and discretionary bonus payments. 79 FR 24528
                                                   these companies, unless otherwise specified.            with total consolidated assets greater                 (May 1, 2014) (revised 80 FR 49082 (August 14,
                                                      4 See 12 CFR 225.8. A firm’s capital plan must       than or equal to $250 billion or total                 2015)).
                                                   include (i) an assessment of the expected uses and      consolidated on-balance sheet foreign                    The Board expects to release a proposal that
                                                   sources of capital over the planning horizon; (ii) a    exposures of at least $10 billion, or that             would recalibrate the enhanced supplementary
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   detailed description of the firm’s processes for                                                               leverage ratio standards for GSIBs and their state
                                                   assessing capital adequacy; (iii) the firm’s capital                                                           member bank insured depository institution
                                                                                                             6 The supervisory post-stress capital assessment
                                                   policy; and (iv) a discussion of any expected                                                                  subsidiaries. The proposal would set the enhanced
                                                   changes to the firm’s business plan that could          in CCAR is based on the supervisory stress test        supplementary leverage ratio standards to 3 percent
                                                   materially affect its capital adequacy. A firm may      conducted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.              plus one half of the GSIB surcharge applicable to
                                                   be required to include other information and              7 78 FR 62018 (October 11, 2013), adopted as 12      the bank holding company. That proposal would
                                                   analysis relevant to its capital planning processes     CFR part 217 (Regulation Q) and subsequently           amend the Board’s capital rule, as well as make
                                                   and internal capital adequacy assessment.               amended.                                               conforming changes to the Board’s total loss-
                                                      5 12 CFR 225.8(f). As discussed below, a large and     8 The limitations apply to discretionary bonus       absorbing capacity rule.
                                                   noncomplex firm is no longer subject to the             payments made to executive officers of a banking         12 Staff calculations based on the Consolidated

                                                   qualitative assessment in CCAR.                         organization.                                          Financial Statements for Holding Companies.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM     25APP2


                                                   18162                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   representatives from public interest                    would not be permitted under the                       firms that are not identified as GSIBs
                                                   groups, and academics in the fields of                  capital rule.                                          and that have average total consolidated
                                                   economics and finance. The Board also                     Some participants in the CCAR                        assets of $50 billion or more but less
                                                   examined the interaction between the                    review viewed other assumptions in the                 than $250 billion and total nonbank
                                                   capital rule and its capital planning and               supervisory post-stress capital                        assets of less than $75 billion (large and
                                                   stress testing rules.                                   assessment as unrealistic and overly                   noncomplex firms) are no longer subject
                                                                                                           conservative. Since the 2014 CCAR                      to the provisions of the capital plan rule
                                                      Some participants in the CCAR                        cycle, in projecting a firm’s balance                  whereby the Board may object to a
                                                   review expressed support for increasing                 sheet, the supervisory stress test has                 firm’s capital plan on the basis of
                                                   post-stress capital requirements by the                 included the assumption that credit                    qualitative deficiencies in the firm’s
                                                   amount of the GSIB surcharge and                        supply does not contract. This                         capital planning process.16
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount,                  assumption furthered the Board’s                          Additionally, in December 2017, the
                                                   arguing that such buffer requirements                   macroprudential objectives by                          Board released a package of proposals
                                                   are intended to further macroprudential                 evaluating whether firms could pass the                that would increase the transparency of
                                                   and countercyclical objectives in a                     supervisory post-stress capital                        the supervisory stress test.17 The
                                                   manner that is not currently addressed                  assessment while continuing to lend                    package included three proposals for
                                                   directly in the supervisory post-stress                 and support the real economy. In                       public comment: (1) Enhanced model
                                                   capital assessment. On the other hand,                  implementing this assumption, the                      disclosure that would provide
                                                   some participants argued it would not                   Board used a model calibrated to                       additional detail about the supervisory
                                                   be appropriate to increase post-stress                  historical data that tended to project                 stress test models and how they
                                                   minimum requirements by the GSIB                        that a firm’s balance sheet and risk-                  function; (2) a Stress Testing Policy
                                                   surcharge because it would treat the                    weighted assets would grow over the                    Statement that would provide the key
                                                   GSIB surcharge as a minimum capital                     planning horizon, even in the severely                 principles and policies that govern the
                                                   requirement rather than as a buffer as                  adverse scenario.15 Some participants in               Board’s approach to model
                                                   intended in the capital rule and because                the CCAR review argued that this                       development, implementation, use, and
                                                   the supervisory post-stress capital                     assumption is overly conservative, and                 validation in the supervisory stress test;
                                                   assessment already includes scenario                    suggested that the Board modify this                   and (3) an amendment to the Board’s
                                                   components that, historically, were only                growth assumption to account for                       Policy Statement on the Scenario Design
                                                   applicable to GSIBs.13                                  certain portfolios where it is unrealistic             Framework for Stress Testing (Scenario
                                                      Participants in the CCAR review also                 (such as legacy portfolios).                           Design Policy Statement) that would
                                                   raised concerns about the interactions                     The Board received other feedback                   make the scenario development process
                                                   between the capital rule and the                        from participants in the CCAR review                   more countercyclical.
                                                   supervisory post-stress capital                         regarding changes to its processes                     D. Summary of Proposal
                                                   assessment. The supervisory post-stress                 associated with CCAR. For example,
                                                                                                           participants recommended further                          The capital rule and capital plan rule
                                                   capital assessment includes an                                                                                 each place separate limitations on firms’
                                                   assumption that a firm makes all                        enhancing the transparency of the
                                                                                                           supervisory post-stress capital                        capital distributions to address the fact
                                                   planned capital distributions, reflecting                                                                      that many firms made significant
                                                   the historical experience from the                      assessment and eliminating the
                                                                                                           heightened supervisory scrutiny of a                   distributions of capital in the lead up to
                                                   financial crisis in which the largest                                                                          and during the crisis without fully
                                                   banking organizations continued to                      capital plan that includes a dividend
                                                                                                           payout ratio of more than 30 percent.                  considering the effects that a prolonged
                                                   repurchase shares and pay dividends to                                                                         economic downturn could have on their
                                                   shareholders well after the financial                   C. Actions Following the CCAR Review                   capital adequacy. Under the capital rule,
                                                   system came under severe stress.14                        The Board has identified several areas               a firm is subject to one or more buffer
                                                   Some participants in the CCAR review                    where the capital plan rule and CCAR                   requirements above its minimum capital
                                                   argued that the Board should not                        could be further refined or improved,                  requirements and becomes subject to
                                                   assume in the supervisory post-stress                   including by reducing burden for non-                  increasingly strict limitations on the
                                                   capital assessment that a firm continues                GSIBs subject to CCAR; addressing the                  distributions and bonus payments as its
                                                   to make all of its planned capital                      role of the GSIB surcharge in the                      capital ratios decline below the buffer
                                                   distributions if the capital distributions              supervisory post-stress capital                        requirements toward the minimum
                                                                                                           assessment; addressing inconsistencies                 capital requirements. Under the capital
                                                      13 The supervisory stress test includes a trading
                                                                                                           between the assumptions in the                         plan rule, a firm is required to follow
                                                   and counterparty component (the global market
                                                   shock) and large counterparty default scenario
                                                                                                           supervisory stress test and the                        the capital distributions included in its
                                                   component. Historically, the global market shock        distribution limitations in the capital                capital plan and, except in limited
                                                   has included six U.S. GSIBs with significant trading    rule; eliminating one or more post-stress              circumstances, seek the Board’s
                                                   activity. However, in December 2017, additional         capital ratio minimums in CCAR; and                    approval before making additional
                                                   firms were identified as having ‘‘significant trading
                                                   activity,’’ and beginning in 2019, will be subject to
                                                                                                           simplifying certain supervisory stress                 capital distributions.18
                                                   the global market shock. The large counterparty         test assumptions.
                                                   default scenario component has been applied to the        In January 2017, the Board adopted a                    16 The capital planning processes for these large

                                                   firms with the largest derivatives exposures and        rule to reduce the burden associated                   and noncomplex firms would be evaluated through
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   securities financing transaction activities, which to                                                          the regular supervisory process. See 81 FR 9308
                                                   date, has included the eight U.S. GSIBs.
                                                                                                           with the qualitative aspects of CCAR for               (February 3, 2017).
                                                      14 Beverly Hirtle, ‘‘Bank Holding Company            less complex firms. Under that rule,                      17 See 82 FR 59529 (December 15, 2017).

                                                   Dividends and Repurchases during the Financial                                                                    18 The Board may object to the capital plan of a

                                                   Crisis,’’ FRBNY Staff Report, (April 2016),                15 See the Board’s letter regarding the Federal     firm that does not demonstrate an ability to
                                                   www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/         Reserve’s independent balance sheet and risk-          maintain capital levels above minimum regulatory
                                                   staff_reports/sr666.pdf and Viral V. Acharya, Irvind    weighted asset projections (December 16, 2013)         capital requirements on a pro forma basis under
                                                   Gujral, Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin,              available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/       expected and stressful conditions. A firm receiving
                                                   ‘‘Dividends and Bank Capital in the Financial Crisis    independent-projections-letter-20131216.pdf. This      such an objection can make only those capital
                                                   of 2007–2009,’’ (March 2011) NBER Working Paper         letter includes information on historical              distributions permitted by the Board. In assessing
                                                   No. 16896, www.nber.org/papers/w16896.                  experiences of banking assets in past recessions.      a firm’s capital plan under the capital plan rule, the



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                  18163

                                                      The proposal would use the results of                 preserve the current incentives for a                  plan. Incorporating four quarters of
                                                   the annual supervisory stress test to size               firm to engage in disciplined, forward-                planned common stock dividends in the
                                                   specific buffer requirements above                       looking dividend planning. The stress                  stress buffer requirements would
                                                   minimum capital requirements that                        buffer requirements would include                      provide sufficient incentive for prudent
                                                   restrict capital distributions under the                 dividends—but not repurchases—based                    dividend payouts.
                                                   capital rule and establish a single                      on the experience in the recent financial                 The proposal would continue to
                                                   approach to capital distribution                         crisis, when large bank holding                        require a firm to describe its planned
                                                   limitations, effectively integrating the                 companies began to reduce share                        capital distributions in its capital plan
                                                   capital rule and the capital plan rule.                  repurchases early in the crisis but                    and not exceed those planned capital
                                                   Integrating the two capital regimes                      continued to pay dividends at nearly the               distributions. Further, as described in
                                                   would simplify the Board’s overall                       pre-crisis rate through 2008.20                        section III.B of this preamble, a firm’s
                                                   approach to capital regulation. The                         In addition, the Board would also                   planned capital distributions would
                                                   proposal would replace the static 2.5                    adjust the methodology used in the                     need to be consistent with the effective
                                                   percent of risk-weighted assets portion                  supervisory stress test to assume that                 capital distribution limitations that
                                                   of the capital conservation buffer                       the firm takes actions to maintain a                   would apply under the firm’s own
                                                   requirement under the standardized                       constant level of assets, including loans,             baseline financial projections (BHC
                                                   approach with a stress capital buffer                    trading assets, and securities over the                baseline scenario).
                                                   requirement, which is forward-looking,                   planning horizon. As a related matter,                    As discussed in detail in section II.D
                                                   risk-sensitive, and firm-specific. The                   the Board would assume that a firm’s                   of this preamble, the Board estimates
                                                   proposal would also establish a stress                   risk-weighted assets and leverage ratio                that non-GSIBs subject to CCAR would
                                                   leverage buffer requirement in addition                  denominator generally remain                           generally need to hold less capital under
                                                   to the minimum 4 percent tier 1                          unchanged over the planning horizon.21                 the proposal, as compared with the
                                                   leverage ratio requirement.19                               The Board would further modify                      current supervisory post-stress capital
                                                      A firm would be required to maintain                  certain elements of CCAR to reflect the                assessment in CCAR, which is the
                                                   capital ratios above its minimum plus                    introduction of the proposed stress                    binding constraint for most of these
                                                   its buffer requirements in order to avoid                buffer requirements. Specifically, the
                                                                                                                                                                   firms. In contrast, the Board estimates
                                                   restrictions on its capital distributions                proposal would remove the quantitative
                                                                                                                                                                   based on the most recent CCAR results
                                                   and discretionary bonus payments. A                      objection in CCAR and instead rely on
                                                                                                                                                                   the proposal would generally maintain
                                                   firm would be bound by the most                          the capital rule’s automatic restrictions
                                                                                                                                                                   or in some cases increase CET1 capital
                                                   stringent distribution limitations, if any,              on capital distributions that are
                                                                                                                                                                   requirements for GSIBs. However, the
                                                   as determined by the firm’s                              triggered if a firm breaches its buffer
                                                                                                                                                                   Board’s estimates suggest that no firm
                                                   standardized approach capital                            requirements. For firms subject to
                                                                                                                                                                   that participated in recent CCAR
                                                   conservation buffer requirement (as                      supervision by the Board’s Large
                                                                                                                                                                   exercises would need to raise additional
                                                   defined below), the firm’s stress                        Institution Supervision Coordination
                                                                                                                                                                   capital in order to avoid the proposal’s
                                                   leverage buffer requirement and, if                      Committee (LISCC firms) and other large
                                                                                                            and complex firms,22 the Board would                   limitations on capital distributions. The
                                                   applicable, the firm’s advanced
                                                                                                            retain the CCAR qualitative supervisory                impact of the proposal will vary
                                                   approaches capital conservation buffer
                                                                                                            review and the ability to object to a                  throughout the economic cycle.
                                                   requirement and enhanced
                                                   supplementary leverage ratio standard.                   firm’s capital plan on qualitative                     II. Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
                                                   The stress capital buffer and stress                     grounds based on the adequacy of the
                                                                                                            firm’s capital planning processes                      A. Introduction to the Stress Buffer
                                                   leverage buffer requirements (together,
                                                                                                            (qualitative objection).23 The Board                   Requirements
                                                   the stress buffer requirements) are
                                                   described in greater detail in section II.               would also eliminate the 30 percent                       As a general matter, capital buffer
                                                      As noted, participants in the CCAR                    dividend payout ratio as a criterion for               requirements are designed to help
                                                   review observed an inconsistency                         heightened scrutiny of a firm’s capital                ensure that a firm maintains an
                                                   between the distribution limitations of                                                                         adequate amount of loss-absorbing
                                                   the capital rule and the distribution                       20 Hirtle, Beverly, ‘‘Bank Holding Company
                                                                                                                                                                   capital to stay above minimum
                                                   assumptions used in the supervisory                      Dividends and Repurchases during the Financial         regulatory requirements during stress.
                                                                                                            Crisis,’’ FRBNY Staff Report, (April 2016),
                                                   post-stress capital assessment. To                       www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/        The capital buffer requirements restrict
                                                   address this inconsistency, certain                      staff_reports/sr666.pdf. And Viral V. Acharya,         a firm’s ability to distribute capital as
                                                   assumptions used in the supervisory                      Irvind Gujral, Nirupama Kulkarni, Hyun Song Shin,      the firm’s actual capital levels approach
                                                   stress test would be modified as part of                 ‘‘Dividends and Bank Capital in the Financial Crisis
                                                                                                            of 2007–2009,’’ (March 2011) NBER Working Paper
                                                                                                                                                                   minimum ratios.24 These requirements
                                                   the proposal. Specifically, in calculating               No. 16896, http://www.nber.org/papers/w16896.          therefore strengthen the ability of
                                                   the stress buffer requirements, the                         21 The leverage ratio denominator is equal to the   individual firms and the banking system
                                                   proposal would remove the current                        difference between projected total consolidated        to continue to function and to serve as
                                                   assumption that a firm would make all                    assets and amounts projected to be deducted from       financial intermediaries in times of
                                                   planned capital distributions over the                   tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a), (c), and (d).
                                                                                                               22 A list of the current LISCC portfolio firms is   stress.
                                                   planning horizon, including any                          available at www.federalreserve.gov/bankinforeg/
                                                   planned common stock dividends and                       large-institution-supervision.htm. Those LISCC            24 Under the capital rule, a firm’s maximum
                                                   repurchases of common stock. Instead,                    firms that are currently subject to the capital plan   amount of capital distributions and certain
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   the stress buffer requirements would                     rule are: Bank of America Corporation; The Bank of     discretionary bonus payments during the current
                                                                                                            New York Mellon Corporation; Barclays PLC;             calendar quarter are based on its applicable
                                                   include only four quarters of planned                    Citigroup Inc.; Credit Suisse Group AG; Deutsche       maximum payout ratio multiplied by the firm’s
                                                   common stock dividends in order to                       Bank AG; The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.; JP             eligible retained income. The maximum payout
                                                                                                            Morgan Chase & Co.; Morgan Stanley; State Street       ratio declines as a firm’s capital ratio approaches
                                                   Federal Reserve assumes that the firm makes all          Corporation; UBS AG; and Wells Fargo & Company.        the minimum requirement. Eligible retained income
                                                   planned capital actions (e.g. dividends and              Large and complex firms include any bank holding       is defined as net income attributable to the
                                                   issuances and repurchases of capital instruments)        company that has average total consolidated assets     institution for the four calendar quarters preceding
                                                   even in the severely adverse scenario.                   of at least $250 billion or average total nonbank      the current calendar quarter, net of any
                                                      19 The leverage ratio is the ratio of a firm’s tier   assets of at least $75 billion.                        distributions and associated tax effects not already
                                                   1 capital to its average total consolidated assests.        23 See 82 FR 9308 (February 3, 2017).               reflected in net income.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014    20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18164                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                      Under the current capital rule, a                    evaluating a firm’s vulnerability to                   conservation buffer requirement serves a
                                                   firm’s capital conservation buffer                      declines in its leverage ratio under                   distinct purpose and is calibrated and
                                                   requirement is equal to 2.5 percent of                  stressful conditions.                                  designed according to that purpose. The
                                                   risk-weighted assets plus any applicable                   The proposal would not, however,                    stress capital buffer requirement would
                                                   GSIB surcharge and countercyclical                      extend the stress buffer concept to the                be calibrated based on each firm’s
                                                   capital buffer amount. The proposal                     supplementary leverage ratio. A single                 vulnerability to adverse economic or
                                                   would replace the 2.5 percent of risk-                  stress leverage buffer, applicable to all              financial market conditions. As such, it
                                                   weighted assets with a stress capital                   firms, would provide a sufficient                      would help ensure that the firm holds
                                                   buffer requirement, for firms subject to                backstop and avoid adding additional                   sufficient capital to continue to serve as
                                                   the supervisory stress test. A firm’s                   complexity.25                                          a financial intermediary during a period
                                                   stress capital buffer requirement would                    A firm would need to maintain capital               of financial stress. The GSIB surcharge
                                                   be tailored to its risk profile and                     ratios above all minimum and buffer                    is designed to mitigate the risk posed to
                                                   potential vulnerability to stress. The                  requirements to avoid restrictions on its              financial stability by certain large and
                                                   firm’s capital conservation buffer                      capital distributions and discretionary                systemic financial institutions, and is
                                                   requirement under the standardized                      bonus payments. A firm would be                        calibrated based on the externalities
                                                   approach would be equal to its stress                   subject to the most stringent distribution             posed by these firms as measured by
                                                   capital buffer and any applicable GSIB                  limitations, if any, as determined by the              factors such as size, interconnectedness,
                                                   surcharge plus any applicable                           firm’s standardized approach capital                   and complexity. Finally, the
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount                   conservation buffer requirement, the                   countercyclical capital buffer is a
                                                   (standardized approach capital                          firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement              macroprudential tool intended to
                                                   conservation buffer requirement).                       and, if applicable, the firm’s advanced                strengthen the resiliency of financial
                                                      Currently, a firm subject to the                     approaches capital conservation buffer                 firms and the financial system, by
                                                   advanced approaches calculates a given                  requirement, and the enhanced                          allowing the Board to raise capital
                                                   risk-based capital ratio under both the                 supplementary leverage ratio standard.                 standards when credit growth in the
                                                   standardized and advanced approaches,                      The Board’s supervisory stress test                 economy becomes excessive. Taken
                                                   and uses the lower of the two ratios as                 conducted under Regulation YY would                    together, a firm’s standardized approach
                                                   its operative ratio. Under the proposal,                be used to size each firm’s stress buffer              capital conservation buffer requirement
                                                   a firm would continue to calculate a                    requirements. The stress buffer                        ensures that the firm has sufficient
                                                   given risk-based capital ratio under both               requirements would be calculated under                 capital to continue to serve as a
                                                   the standardized and advanced                           the supervisory stress test’s severely                 financial intermediary during stress,
                                                   approaches, and would calculate a                       adverse scenario, designed in                          internalizes the cost that its failure
                                                   different capital conservation buffer                   accordance with the Policy Statement                   would have on the broader economy,
                                                   requirement for each. The capital                       on the Scenario Design Framework for                   and builds capital when there is an
                                                   conservation buffer requirement under                   Stress Testing. As described in                        elevated risk of above-normal losses.
                                                   the advanced approaches would be                        appendix A to 12 CFR part 252, severely                   In the CCAR review, certain
                                                   equal to 2.5 percent of risk-weighted                   adverse scenarios are designed to be                   discussion participants disagreed with
                                                   assets (rather than the stress capital                  plausible, relevant, and guided in large               the view that the supervisory post-stress
                                                   buffer requirement) plus any applicable                 part by historical experience in severe                capital assessment and the GSIB
                                                   GSIB surcharge plus any applicable                      U.S. recessions.26                                     surcharge serve different purposes
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount                      As in the current supervisory post-                 because two elements of the Board’s
                                                   (advanced approaches capital                            stress capital assessment in CCAR,                     supervisory post-stress capital
                                                   conservation buffer requirement). To                    under the proposal, the supervisory                    assessment, the global market shock and
                                                   date, the Board has not used or required                stress test would continue to use a                    the large counterparty default scenario
                                                   the use of the capital rule’s advanced                  common set of scenarios, models, and                   component, apply only to GSIBs.
                                                   approaches in the supervisory stress test               assumptions across firms. The                          However, the global market shock and
                                                   due to the significant resources required               performance of each model used in the                  large counterparty default scenario
                                                   to implement the advanced approaches                    supervisory stress test is assessed using              component apply to any firm that has
                                                   on a pro forma basis and due to the                     a variety of metrics and benchmarks,                   material trading, derivatives, and
                                                   complexity and opaqueness associated                    including benchmark model results,                     securities financing transaction
                                                   with introducing the advanced                           where applicable. Each model is                        activities to capture direct losses
                                                   approaches in supervisory stress test                   validated annually by an independent                   stemming from these activities.28 The
                                                   projections. In addition, both the                                                                             market shock measures the trading
                                                                                                           supervisory model validation function.
                                                   supervisory stress test and the advanced                                                                       mark-to-market losses associated with
                                                                                                           In December 2017, the Board issued a
                                                   approaches are calibrated to reflect tail-                                                                     sudden changes in asset prices, and the
                                                                                                           Stress Testing Policy Statement for
                                                   risks; thus it could be duplicative to
                                                                                                           public comment describing its approach                 large counterparty default scenario
                                                   require a firm to meet the requirements
                                                                                                           to supervisory model development,                      component measures the losses
                                                   of the advanced approaches on a post-
                                                                                                           implementation, use, and validation.27
                                                   stress basis.
                                                      For firms subject to the capital plan                   Each component of a firm’s                             28 On December 15, 2017, the Board modified the

                                                                                                           standardized approach capital                          applicability criteria for the global market shock to
                                                   rule, the proposal would introduce a                                                                           more accurately identify the risks and capital needs
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   stress leverage buffer requirement in                     25 GSIBs would continue to be subject to an
                                                                                                                                                                  of firms participating in the supervisory stress test.
                                                   addition to the 4 percent minimum tier                                                                         As revised, the global market shock applies to any
                                                                                                           enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standard         bank holding company or intermediate holding
                                                   1 leverage ratio requirement. This stress               under the capital rule.                                company that (1) has aggregate trading assets and
                                                   leverage buffer requirement would help                    26 12 CFR part 252, appendix A.
                                                                                                                                                                  liabilities of $50 billion or more, or aggregate
                                                   to maintain the current complementary                     27 See 82 FR 59528 (Dec. 15, 2017) as proposed       trading assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent or
                                                   relationship between the risk-based and                 12 CFR part 252, appendix B. This proposal re-         more of total consolidated assets, and (2) is not a
                                                                                                           proposes only section 2.7 of the proposed Stress       large and noncomplex firm. In this proposal, the
                                                   leverage capital requirements in normal                 Testing Policy Statement for public comment and        Board proposes to move the applicability criteria for
                                                   and stressful conditions. In addition, it               proposes to add a new section 3.4 relating to a        the global market shock from the FR Y–14 reporting
                                                   would continue the current practice of                  simple approach for projecting risk-weighted assets.   form to Regulation YY.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                           18165

                                                   associated with repricing counterparty                  stress buffer concept to the                           the dollar amount of the firm’s planned
                                                   exposures based on the market shock,                    supplementary leverage ratio?                          common stock dividends to projected
                                                   and then assumes the default of the                        Question 4: Would modifications to                  leverage ratio denominator for each of
                                                   counterparty that represents the largest                the enhanced supplementary leverage                    the fourth through seventh quarters of
                                                   net exposure. These components of the                   ratio standards impact the responses to                the planning horizon. The stress
                                                   current supervisory post-stress capital                 the questions above or any other aspect                leverage buffer requirement would not
                                                   assessment (and future modified                         of the proposal, and if so how?                        have a floor, as there is no generally
                                                   supervisory stress test) therefore do not                  Question 5: How should the Board                    applicable leverage buffer requirement
                                                   capture the potential adverse impact of                 contemplate the appropriate level of the               today, and would apply to all firms
                                                   the failure of a GSIB on the financial                  countercyclical capital buffer in light of             subject to the capital plan rule.
                                                   system as a whole—the risks that are the                the proposal?
                                                                                                                                                                  B. Assumptions and Methodologies
                                                   basis for the GSIB surcharge.                           Calculation of the Proposed Stress                     Used in Determining the Proposed
                                                      As described below in section II.B of                Capital Buffer Requirement                             Stress Buffer Requirements
                                                   this preamble, the proposed stress buffer                  Under the proposal, the Board would
                                                   requirements would incorporate                                                                                    For the supervisory stress test used to
                                                                                                           determine a firm’s stress capital buffer               calculate the stress buffer requirements,
                                                   different capital action assumptions                    requirement as the difference between                  the Board proposes to revise certain
                                                   than are currently used in the                          the firm’s starting and lowest projected               assumptions it currently uses in the
                                                   supervisory post-stress capital                         CET1 capital ratios under the severely                 supervisory post-stress capital
                                                   assessment in CCAR. Those revised                       adverse scenario in the supervisory                    assessment in CCAR. Currently, in the
                                                   capital action assumptions would also                   stress test, calculated under the                      CCAR post-stress capital assessment, the
                                                   be incorporated in the Board’s                          standardized approach, plus the sum of                 Board assumes that a firm will make all
                                                   supervisory stress tests and the                        the ratios of the dollar amount of the                 of its planned capital actions, including
                                                   company-run stress tests conducted                      firm’s planned common stock dividends                  dividends and repurchases, and
                                                   under Regulation YY, in order to                        to projected risk-weighted assets for                  issuances of regulatory capital
                                                   harmonize the publicly disclosed                        each of the fourth through seventh                     instruments. The proposal would
                                                   supervisory and company-run stress test                 quarters of the planning horizon. The                  narrow the set of planned capital
                                                   results with the stress buffer                          stress capital buffer requirement would                actions assumed to occur in the
                                                   requirements.29                                         be floored at 2.5 percent of a firm’s risk-            supervisory stress test.
                                                      Question 1: What are the advantages                  weighted assets.                                          The current CCAR capital distribution
                                                   and disadvantages of incorporating the                     Under the current capital rule, all                 assumptions were introduced to assess
                                                   stress capital buffer and stress leverage               banking organizations are subject to a                 whether a firm could meet minimum
                                                   buffer requirements into the capital                    capital conservation buffer requirement.               capital requirements during severe
                                                   rule? How well does the proposal                        The capital rule’s current static 2.5                  stress conditions even if the firm did not
                                                   enhance regulatory simplicity,                          percent of risk-weighted assets                        reduce its planned capital distributions.
                                                   transparency, and efficiency for firms                  component of the capital conservation                  However, the stress buffer requirements
                                                   subject to the capital plan rule? What                  buffer requirement was calibrated to                   would reduce the need for the
                                                   refinements or additional approaches                    reflect how firms’ capital positions were              assumption that a firm makes all
                                                   should the Board consider to enhance                    affected during periods of severe stress,              common stock distributions in a stress
                                                   these goals, and why? Please provide                    including the most recent financial                    scenario because the restriction on a
                                                   data on the impact of any proposed                      crisis.30 Placing a 2.5 percent of risk-               firm’s capital distributions on an
                                                   refinements or additional proposals.                    weighted assets floor on the stress                    ongoing basis would be a function of the
                                                      Question 2: What are the advantages                  capital buffer requirement would ensure                firm’s performance under stress.
                                                   and disadvantages of including or                       a minimum level of stringency across                   Accordingly, the Board would no longer
                                                   excluding the stress capital buffer                     firms of all sizes and complexity and                  assume that a firm makes any
                                                   requirement from the advanced                           that a smaller firm would not be subject               repurchases or redemptions of any
                                                   approaches capital conservation buffer                  to more a stringent buffer requirement                 capital instrument.
                                                   requirement when considered in                          than a firm with total consolidated                       However, in order to preserve the
                                                   combination with other elements of the                  assets of $50 billion or more.                         current incentives for a firm to engage
                                                   proposal or alternatives to the proposal?                                                                      in disciplined, forward-looking
                                                                                                           Calculation of the Proposed Stress
                                                   What if any, alternatives should the                                                                           dividend planning, a firm’s stress buffer
                                                                                                           Leverage Buffer Requirement
                                                   Board consider and why? For example,                                                                           requirements would include four
                                                   should the Board consider scaling the                      The stress leverage buffer requirement              quarters of planned common stock
                                                   stress capital buffer requirement by the                would be determined based on the same                  dividends (in the fourth through
                                                   ratio of a firm’s standardized total risk-              annual supervisory stress test that the                seventh quarters of the planning
                                                   weighted assets to its advanced                         Board conducts to determine the stress                 horizon), added to the projected decline
                                                   approaches total risk-weighted assets in                capital buffer requirement. Under the                  in the firm’s capital under stress.
                                                   cases where the firm’s advanced                         proposal, the Board would determine a                  Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of
                                                   approaches capital ratio calculations                   firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement              planned dividends would preserve the
                                                   are lower than its standardized capital                 as the difference between the firm’s                   current incentives for a firm to engage
                                                                                                           starting and lowest projected Tier 1
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   ratio calculations? What are the                                                                               in disciplined, forward-looking
                                                   advantages or disadvantages of such an                  leverage ratio under the severely                      dividend planning. As noted, this aspect
                                                   approach?                                               adverse scenario in the supervisory                    of the proposal is based on the Board’s
                                                      Question 3: What are the advantages                  stress test plus the sum of the ratios of              experience with large bank holding
                                                   or disadvantages of not extending the                                                                          companies’ capital distribution
                                                                                                             30 See Basel Committee on Banking Supervision,
                                                                                                                                                                  practices during the recent financial
                                                                                                           Calibrating regulatory minimum capital
                                                     29 The supervisory and company-run stress tests       requirements and capital buffers: A top-down
                                                                                                                                                                  crisis. Additionally, evidence in the
                                                   conducted under Regulation YY would not include         approach (October 2010), available at: https://        academic literature generally indicates
                                                   four quarters of planned dividends.                     www.bis.org/publ/bcbs180.htm.                          that repurchases are more flexible than


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18166                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   dividends.31 A reduction in dividends                      Since the first CCAR exercise, any                  sheet, risk-weighted asset, and leverage
                                                   by a publicly-traded firm could be                      capital plan implying a common stock                   ratio denominator projections would
                                                   interpreted by market participants as a                 dividend payout ratio above 30 percent                 reflect the impact of a change to a firm’s
                                                   signal of long-run deterioration in firm                has received heightened scrutiny in the                business plan, such as a planned merger
                                                   profitability, which could lead to a                    qualitative assessment of each firm’s                  or acquisition, or completed or
                                                   negative stock price reaction. Hence,                   capital planning processes. Participants               contractually agreed-on divestiture.35
                                                   even if the outlook for a publicly traded               in the CCAR review expressed general                      Question 6: What aspects of the
                                                   firm has significantly worsened, public                 opposition to any specific cap on                      calculation of the stress buffer
                                                   pressure and competition may deter the                  dividends, and argued that if a cap were               requirements could be modified to
                                                   firm from reducing dividend payments.                   deemed necessary, it should be higher                  increase the effectiveness of the
                                                   Requiring a firm to pre-fund one year of                than 30 percent. Including four quarters               proposal in ensuring that firms
                                                   dividends reflects the assumption that                  of planned dividends in a firm’s stress                maintain stress buffer requirements that
                                                   the firm will strive to maintain its                    buffer requirements as proposed would                  are appropriately sized to withstand
                                                   current level of dividends even during                  foster an incentive for prudent dividend               stressful economic and financial
                                                   times of stress.                                        payouts, removing the need for                         conditions while permitting such firms
                                                      As in the current supervisory post-                  heightened scrutiny based on a capital                 to continue lending and supporting the
                                                   stress capital assessment, the Board                    plan’s dividend payout ratio.                          real economy? Please describe the
                                                   would continue to assume in the                         Accordingly, in connection with this                   advantages or disadvantages of any
                                                   supervisory stress test that a firm would               proposal, in future CCAR exercises the                 alternative approach.
                                                   make payments on any instrument that                    Board would eliminate the 30 percent                      Question 7: Besides stated payments
                                                   qualifies as additional tier 1 capital or               dividend payout ratio as a criterion for               on regulatory capital instruments and
                                                   tier 2 capital equal to the stated                      heightened supervisory scrutiny of a                   issuance of common or preferred stock
                                                   dividend, or contractual interest or                    firm’s capital plan.                                   associated with a merger or acquisition,
                                                   principal due on such instrument                           In addition, in response to comments                what, if any, other types of planned
                                                   during the quarter. Based on                            regarding the current assumption that a                capital actions should the Board
                                                   supervisory experience, reductions in                   firm’s credit supply does not contract,                incorporate into the supervisory stress
                                                   these payments are generally viewed by                  resulting in growth of a firm’s balance                test for the purposes of calculating the
                                                   market participants as a sign of material               sheet in stress scenarios, the Board is                stress buffer requirements, and why?
                                                   weakness and firms are therefore likely                 proposing to modify its Stress Testing                    Question 8: What are the advantages
                                                   to make them even under stressful                       Policy Statement to include the                        and disadvantages of including or
                                                   conditions.32                                           assumption that a firm takes actions to                excluding dividend payouts and certain
                                                      The Board would also generally                       maintain its current level of assets,                  other planned capital actions in the
                                                   assume in the supervisory stress test                   including its securities, trading assets,              calculation of the stress buffer
                                                   that a firm does not make any planned                   and loans, over the planning horizon                   requirements when considered in
                                                   issuance of regulatory capital                          (no growth assumption).34 The no                       combination with other elements of the
                                                   instruments, parallel to the assumption                 growth assumption would simplify the                   proposal or alternatives to the proposal?
                                                   that a firm does not repurchase any                     current supervisory stress test                           Question 9: What, if any, additional
                                                   regulatory capital instruments.                         assumptions while preventing firms                     factors beyond a planned divestiture,
                                                   However, as under the current capital                   from planning to reduce credit supply                  merger, or acquisition, should the Board
                                                   plan rule, the supervisory stress test                  in a stress scenario. In addition, the                 incorporate into its projected changes in
                                                   would include issuances of common or                    proposal would clarify in the Stress                   a firm’s balance sheet or risk-weighted
                                                   preferred stock in connection with a                    Testing Policy Statement that, in                      assets over the planning horizon and
                                                   planned merger or acquisition to the                    projecting risk-weighted assets and the                why?
                                                   extent that the merger or acquisition is                leverage ratio denominator, the Board                     Question 10: What are the advantages
                                                   reflected in a firm’s pro forma balance                 would assume that a firm’s risk-                       and disadvantages of integrating the
                                                   sheet estimates. Including such                         weighted assets and leverage ratio                     distribution assumptions used in
                                                   issuances, for purposes of the                          denominator remain unchanged over                      calculating a firm’s stress buffer
                                                   supervisory stress tests, would allow the               the planning horizon except for changes                requirements with those used in the
                                                   Board to assess how a planned merger                    primarily related to deductions from                   supervisory stress test?
                                                   or acquisition would affect a firm’s post-              regulatory capital or due to changes to
                                                                                                           the Board’s regulations. Similar to the                C. Effective Dates for Proposed Stress
                                                   stress capital position.                                                                                       Buffer Requirements
                                                      The proposal would revise the                        Board’s current methodology, balance
                                                   required capital action assumptions in                                                                           A firm’s stress buffer requirements
                                                   the company-run stress test rules to be                 Actual capital actions for the first quarter of the    would be effective on October 1 of each
                                                                                                           planning horizon; (2) any common stock dividends;      year, and remain in effect until
                                                   consistent with the proposed capital                    or (3) issuance of common or preferred stock
                                                   actions used to calculate a firm’s stress               relating to expensed employee compensation. For        September 30 of the following year,
                                                   buffer requirements and would                           the first quarter of the planning horizon, firms       unless the firm received updated stress
                                                   introduce those assumptions into the                    would include any payments on any other                buffer requirements from the Board.36
                                                                                                           instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the       The rule would be effective December
                                                   supervisory stress test rules.33                        numerator of a regulatory capital ratio equal to the
                                                                                                                                                                  31, 2018. Under the proposal, a firm’s
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                                                                           stated dividend, interest, or principal due on such
                                                      31 See Franklin Allen and Roni Michaely (2003),
                                                                                                           instrument during the quarter. The capital action
                                                   ‘‘Payout Policy’’ in Handbook of the Economics of       assumptions used in the company-run and                  35 A firm’s capital plan must include a discussion
                                                   Finance, and Martin Schmalz, Joan Farre-Mensa,          supervisory stress tests would not include the four    of any expected changes to its business plan that
                                                   and Roni Michaely (2014) ‘‘Payout Policy’’ in           quarters of planned dividends.                         are likely to have a material impact on its capital
                                                   Robert Jarrow (Ed.), Annual Review of Financial            34 While the Board would assume in the              adequacy or liquidity. See 12 CFR 225.8(e)(2)(iv).
                                                   Economics.                                              supervisory post-stress capital assessment that a        36 A firm may receive updated stress buffer
                                                      32 12 CFR 217.20(c) and (d).
                                                                                                           firm’s balance sheet does not grow, in a firm’s        requirements in connection with a resubmitted
                                                      33 Under the proposal, in their company-run          company-run stress tests, the Board expects each       capital plan or in connection with a request for
                                                   stress test, covered companies would no longer          firm’s projected balance sheet to be consistent with   reconsideration (as described in section III.D of this
                                                   include in their capital action assumptions: (1)        each scenario and the firm’s business strategy.        preamble).



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                  18167

                                                   first stress buffer requirements would be                   For firms with over $50 billion in                  in aggregate, respectively, while non-
                                                   effective on October 1, 2019.37                          assets that are not GSIBs, the proposal                GSIBs would have a decrease of
                                                      The process for determining the stress                would generally result in a reduction to               approximately $45 billion to $10 billion,
                                                   buffer requirements would be codified                    a firm’s required level of capital to avoid            respectively. Had the proposal been in
                                                   in the Board’s capital plan rule                         capital distribution limitations relative              effect during recent CCAR exercises,
                                                   (discussed further in section III below),                to what is required today.39 This                      analysis of those CCAR results and the
                                                   and the restrictions associated with                     estimated reduction is attributable to the             current level of capital at participating
                                                   these requirements would be codified in                  proposal’s modified assumptions                        firms indicates that no such firm would
                                                   the Board’s capital rule (discussed                      regarding balance sheet growth and                     have needed to raise additional capital
                                                   further in section IV below).                            capital distributions. While these                     in order to avoid the proposal’s
                                                      Question 11: What if any operational                  assumptions would more appropriately                   limitations on capital distributions.
                                                   complications or challenges to capital                   reflect the expected performance of
                                                   planning processes would the proposed                                                                           III. Proposed Changes to the Capital
                                                                                                            bank portfolios under stress, they would
                                                   effective dates create, and how might                                                                           Plan Rule
                                                                                                            be somewhat less stringent than the
                                                   the Board address these issues                           assumptions currently used in the                      A. Removal of Quantitative Objection
                                                   consistent with the goals of the                         supervisory stress test. For GSIBs, the                   The proposal would remove the
                                                   proposal?                                                proposal would generally maintain or in
                                                      Question 12: What advantages or                                                                              quantitative objection from the capital
                                                                                                            some cases increase CET1 capital                       plan rule. Under the current capital plan
                                                   disadvantages are associated with                        requirements. The estimated increase
                                                   making the rule effective on December                                                                           rule, a firm may receive an objection to
                                                                                                            for these firms would occur because the                its capital plan if the firm does not
                                                   31, 2018 and generally making the stress                 capital conservation buffer requirement
                                                   buffer requirements effective on October                                                                        demonstrate the ability to maintain
                                                                                                            under the proposal—which, for a GSIB,                  capital ratios above the minimum
                                                   1, 2019?                                                 includes both the stress capital buffer                requirements on a post-stress basis. The
                                                   D. Impact of the Proposed Stress Buffer                  requirement and the GSIB surcharge—                    proposal would replace the quantitative
                                                   Requirements                                             would be greater than the capital                      objection with the stress buffer
                                                                                                            required under the current supervisory                 requirements.
                                                      To avoid limitations on capital                       post-stress capital assessment.
                                                   distributions under the Board’s current                     All other things being equal, the                   B. Requirements for a Firm’s Planned
                                                   rules, a firm must manage to two                         proposal generally would lower the                     Capital Distributions
                                                   distinct capital regimes. Specifically,                  amount of tier 1 capital that a firm
                                                   the firm must both (1) maintain risk-                                                                              A focus on firms’ capital planning
                                                                                                            would need to maintain with respect to                 would continue to be a key element of
                                                   based capital ratios above the capital                   the assessment of the leverage ratio in
                                                   rule’s minimum requirements plus the                                                                            the Board’s regulatory and supervisory
                                                                                                            stress. This is because the modified                   regime. The proposal would continue to
                                                   capital conservation buffer requirement                  balance sheet and distribution
                                                   (a GSIB must also maintain a                                                                                    require a firm to describe its planned
                                                                                                            assumptions in the supervisory stress                  capital distributions in its capital plan
                                                   supplementary leverage ratio above 5                     test would reduce the stringency of the
                                                   percent), and (2) demonstrate an ability                                                                        and not exceed those planned capital
                                                                                                            Tier 1 leverage ratio in stress and the                distributions. Firms should plan to
                                                   to maintain capital ratios above                         stress leverage buffer requirement
                                                   minimum regulatory capital                                                                                      maintain capital levels above their
                                                                                                            would not include a GSIB surcharge or                  minimum requirements plus relevant
                                                   requirements in the supervisory post-                    any applicable countercyclical capital
                                                   stress capital assessment in CCAR. This                                                                         buffer requirements during normal
                                                                                                            buffer amount.                                         economic periods and also to plan for
                                                   proposal would simplify and integrate                       The impact of the proposal would
                                                   these requirements, eliminating the                                                                             capital needs during adverse economic
                                                                                                            vary through the economic and credit
                                                   need for firms to manage to both                                                                                conditions. These practices allow firms
                                                                                                            cycle based on the risk profile and
                                                   potential sources of limitations on                      planned capital distributions of                       to continue to lend and operate as viable
                                                   capital distributions. In conjunction                    individual firms, as well as on the                    financial intermediaries even during
                                                   with the proposal, the Board would also                  specific severely adverse stress scenario              adverse periods.
                                                                                                                                                                      To help ensure a firm engages in
                                                   modify certain assumptions used in the                   used in the supervisory stress test.
                                                                                                                                                                   prudent capital planning, the firm
                                                   supervisory stress test. To assess the                   Based on data from CCAR 2015, 2016,
                                                                                                                                                                   would be required to limit its planned
                                                   impact of both the integration and the                   and 2017, the impact of the proposal
                                                                                                                                                                   capital distributions for the fourth
                                                   modified assumptions, the Board                          would range from an aggregate
                                                                                                                                                                   through seventh quarters of the
                                                   reviewed the levels of capital currently                 reduction in CET1 capital requirements
                                                                                                            of about $35 billion (based on 2017                    planning horizon to those that would be
                                                   required of each firm across the two
                                                                                                            data) to an aggregate increase in CET1                 consistent with any effective capital
                                                   current regimes to avoid limitations on
                                                                                                            capital requirements of about $40                      distribution limitations that would
                                                   capital distributions and compared the
                                                                                                            billion (based on 2015 data). For GSIBs,               apply under the firm’s own BHC
                                                   higher of those amounts to the estimated
                                                                                                            this represents a corresponding increase               baseline scenario projections.40 For
                                                   level of capital that would be required
                                                   of each firm under the proposal.38                       in CET1 capital requirements of                          40 A firm would be required to ensure its planned
                                                                                                            approximately $10 billion to $50 billion               capital distributions are consistent with any
                                                     37 To provide a transition between the 2018 CCAR
                                                                                                                                                                   limitations on capital distributions it anticipates
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   cycle and the first stress buffer requirement, for the   www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/       would apply in baseline conditions in the
                                                   period from July 1 through September 30, 2019,           bcreg20171201a.htm.                                    upcoming year. Those limitations would include
                                                   under the proposal, a firm would be authorized to          39 In connection with this analysis, the Board       the projected standardized approach capital
                                                   make capital distributions that do not exceed the        analyzed the stress test results in CCAR 2015          conservation buffer requirement, stress leverage
                                                   four-quarter average of capital distributions for        through 2017. U.S. IHC subsidiaries of foreign         buffer requirement, supplementary leverage buffer
                                                   which the Board or Reserve Bank indicated its non-       banking organizations were not subject to              requirement, internal and external total loss-
                                                   objection in the previous capital plan cycle, unless     supervisory stress testing for this full period, and   absorbing capacity buffer requirements, and any
                                                   otherwise determined by the Board.                       accordingly, were excluded from this quantitative      capital directive established by the Board by order
                                                     38 This analysis assumes a countercyclical capital     analysis. None of these firms is subject to the GSIB   or regulation. The limitations would not be
                                                   buffer amount of zero, consistent with the current       surcharge, and all would benefit from the modified     calculated using the advanced approaches, as a firm
                                                   level as affirmed by the Board on December 1, 2017:      capital distribution and balance sheet assumptions.                                              Continued




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18168                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   example, in a given calendar quarter, if                 planning horizon (as it would not have                 be able to object to the capital plans of
                                                   a firm estimates that the amount of its                  knowledge of a decrease in its GSIB                    large and complex firms and LISCC
                                                   capital conservation buffer will be less                 surcharge when it finalized its plan).                 firms on qualitative grounds.
                                                   than the corresponding capital                           With regard to the countercyclical                        Further, the proposal would provide
                                                   conservation buffer requirement, the                     capital buffer, a firm would reflect any               that the Board would consider the
                                                   firm would be required to limit its                      applicable countercyclical capital buffer              results of any stress test conducted by
                                                   planned distributions in that quarter to                 amount as established by the Board. For                the bank holding company or the Board
                                                   those permitted under the capital rule.                  example, if the Board had established a                in conducting its review of a firm’s
                                                   When determining conformance under                       countercyclical capital buffer amount                  capital plan, similar to the provision in
                                                   the capital plan rule with effective                     beginning in the fifth quarter of the                  the current capital plan rule. Those
                                                   capital distribution limitations                         planning horizon that remained in effect               results would inform the Board’s view
                                                   established by the Board under the                       for one year, the firm would reflect the               of the financial condition of the firm,
                                                   capital rule, a firm would not be                        countercyclical capital buffer amount in               which has implications for the
                                                   required to consider planned                             quarters five through eight of the                     reasonableness and appropriateness of
                                                   discretionary bonus payments.41                          planning horizon.                                      the firm’s capital plan.
                                                      In its capital plan, a firm would also                   Under the proposal, a firm’s planned                   Question 13: What are the advantages
                                                   be required to plan for all limitations on               capital distributions would be required                and disadvantages of not requiring a
                                                   capital distributions in the Board’s                     to be consistent with effective capital                firm to project and meet the limitations
                                                   rules, except the advanced approaches                    distribution limitations that would                    of the capital rule regarding
                                                   capital conservation buffer requirement                  apply in the firm’s pro forma projections              discretionary bonus payments on a pro
                                                   and total loss-absorbing capacity buffer                 under the BHC baseline scenario. The                   forma basis?
                                                   requirement calculated using the                         BHC baseline scenario would be defined                    Question 14: What, if any,
                                                   advanced approaches.42 In addition, a                    as a scenario that reflects the bank                   modifications should the Board make to
                                                   firm’s GSIB surcharge and                                holding company’s reasonable                           the definition of BHC baseline scenario?
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount                    expectation of the economic and                           Question 15: What are the advantages
                                                   may vary over the planning horizon,                      financial outlook, including                           and disadvantages of not requiring a
                                                   consistent with the requirements of the                  expectations related to the bank holding               firm to make BHC baseline scenario
                                                   capital rule. The proposal would require                 company’s capital adequacy and                         projections that would enable it to
                                                   a firm’s planned capital distributions to                financial condition. The firm’s                        evaluate whether its planned capital
                                                   be consistent with, as applicable, the                   projections under the BHC baseline                     actions would be consistent with
                                                   firm’s current GSIB surcharge and                        scenario must incorporate the firm’s                   advanced approaches-based capital
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount,                   expected performance, business plan,                   distribution restrictions, such as the
                                                   as well as any known changes to these                    management actions, and all planned                    advanced approaches capital
                                                   items during the planning horizon. Any                   capital actions.43                                     conservation buffer requirement or the
                                                   assumption that the GSIB would rapidly                      Basing capital distribution restrictions            total loss absorbency capacity buffer
                                                   shrink and reduce its other measures of                  on a firm’s projections in its BHC                     requirements?
                                                   systemic risk during a stress period such                baseline scenario may create incentives
                                                                                                                                                                   C. Summary of the Proposed Timeline
                                                   that it no longer would be a GSIB would                  for a firm to be overly optimistic about
                                                                                                                                                                   for Reviewing Capital Plans and
                                                   be inconsistent with the expectation                     its baseline projections in order to
                                                                                                                                                                   Calculating the Stress Buffer
                                                   that the GSIB remain a financial                         increase the amount of permissible
                                                                                                                                                                   Requirements
                                                   intermediary and continue to support                     capital distributions. In order to
                                                                                                            maintain strong incentives for a firm to                  Under the current capital plan rule,
                                                   the real economy. The proposal would
                                                                                                            project realistic baseline earnings, the               the Board completes its assessment of a
                                                   therefore require a firm to assume its
                                                                                                            Board intends to monitor and evaluate                  firm’s capital plan, including the
                                                   GSIB surcharge in the ninth quarter of
                                                                                                            a firm’s quarterly performance relative                supervisory stress test, by June 30.
                                                   the planning horizon is the same as its
                                                                                                            to its baseline projections to help ensure             Similarly, under the proposal, the Board
                                                   GSIB surcharge in the eighth quarter of
                                                                                                            that the firm adopts processes that                    would complete the assessment of a
                                                   the planning horizon.
                                                      For instance, a firm that became                      realistically project performance and                  firm’s capital plan and provide each
                                                   subject to a higher GSIB surcharge in its                capital levels. A pattern of materially                firm with initial notice of the firm’s
                                                   most recent annual surcharge                             underperforming baseline projections                   stress buffer requirements by June 30.
                                                   calculation would use the higher                         for earnings, capital levels, or capital               The proposal would modify certain
                                                   surcharge beginning in the fifth quarter                 ratios may be indicative of weaknesses                 other procedural requirements
                                                   of the planning horizon (which would                     in the firm’s capital planning and result              associated with the capital plan rule.
                                                                                                            in heightened scrutiny in the qualitative                 Consistent with the current practice,
                                                   coincide with the quarter in which the
                                                                                                            assessment. Additionally, as under the                 the as-of date for the capital plan cycle
                                                   higher GSIB surcharge would come into
                                                                                                            current rule, the Board may require a                  would be December 31 of the previous
                                                   effect under the capital rule) and retain
                                                                                                            firm that materially underperforms its                 calendar year, and the planning horizon
                                                   that amount through the end of the
                                                                                                            projected capital ratios to resubmit its               for capital planning would be a period
                                                   planning horizon. Otherwise, a firm
                                                                                                            capital plan if such underperformance                  of nine consecutive quarters from that
                                                   would assume that its current GSIB
                                                                                                            results from material changes in the                   date. Firms would submit their capital
                                                   surcharge applies for all quarters of the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                                                                            firm’s risk exposures or operating                     plans and related regulatory reports by
                                                   is not required to use the advanced approaches to        conditions. Additionally, under the                    April 5. The Board generally would
                                                   calculate its regulatory capital ratios in the capital   proposal, the Board would continue to                  determine each firm’s stress buffer
                                                   plan rule.                                                                                                      requirements and conduct a qualitative
                                                      41 The capital plan rule and corresponding              43 Consistent with current practice, a firm may      evaluation of the capital plans of large
                                                   regulatory reports do not require a firm to describe     use the same baseline scenario as the supervisory      and complex firms and LISCC firms in
                                                   or separately identify discretionary bonus               baseline scenario if the bank holding company
                                                   payments.                                                determines the supervisory baseline scenario
                                                                                                                                                                   the second quarter of the year (April
                                                      42 See e.g., 12 CFR 217.11, 12 CFR 252.63, 12 CFR     appropriately represents its view of the most likely   through June). By June 30, the Board
                                                   252.165, and 12 CFR part 263.                            outlook for the risk factors salient to the firm.      generally would disclose to the public


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                       18169

                                                   each firm’s stress buffer requirements                         stress buffer requirements, a firm would                 reductions in capital distributions in its
                                                   and the Board’s decision to object or not                      be required to assess whether its                        capital plan.
                                                   object to the capital plan of each large                       planned capital distributions are                           Each firm’s updated annual stress
                                                   and complex and LISCC firm on                                  consistent with the effective capital                    buffer requirements would become
                                                   qualitative grounds.                                           distribution limitations that would                      effective for purposes of the capital rule
                                                     Currently, upon completion of the                            apply on a pro forma basis under the                     on October 1. From October 1 through
                                                   supervisory stress test but before the                         BHC baseline scenario throughout the                     September 30 of the following calendar
                                                   disclosure of the final CCAR results, the                      fourth through seventh quarters of the                   year, a firm would not be permitted to
                                                   Board provides each firm with the                              planning horizon. In the event of an                     exceed the amount of capital
                                                   results of its post-stress capital analysis,                   inconsistency, a firm would be required                  distributions in the firm’s capital plan
                                                   and each firm has an opportunity to                            to reduce the capital distributions in its               without prior notification to or approval
                                                   make a one-time adjustment to its                              capital plan to be consistent with such                  from the Board.
                                                   planned capital actions. Similarly,                            limitations for those quarters of the                       Table 1 below summarizes the key
                                                   under the proposal, within two business                        planning horizon.44 A firm would be                      dates and actions in the annual capital
                                                   days of receipt of initial notice of its                       required to notify the Board of any                      plan cycle under the proposal.

                                                                       TABLE 1—KEY DATES AND ACTIONS IN THE ANNUAL CAPITAL PLAN CYCLE UNDER THE PROPOSAL
                                                                    Date                                                                                     Action

                                                   December 31 of the pre-                     As of date of the capital plan cycle.
                                                     ceding calendar year.
                                                   By February 15 ....................         Board publishes scenarios for the upcoming capital plan cycle.
                                                   By April 5 ..............................   Each firm submits its capital plan (including results of the bank holding company’s stress tests) and relevant reg-
                                                                                                 ulatory reports.
                                                   April through June ................         Board performs its supervisory stress test and calculates each firm’s stress buffer requirements. Concurrently, the
                                                                                                 Board conducts a qualitative evaluation of each large and complex and LISCC firm’s capital plan.
                                                   By June 30 ...........................      The Board provides to a firm and publishes initial notice of the firm’s stress buffer requirements, and for each
                                                                                                 large and complex and LISCC firm, the Board’s decision to object or not object to the capital plan on a quali-
                                                                                                 tative basis.
                                                   Within two business days of                 Each firm must analyze its planned capital distributions for the period of October 1 through September 30 of the
                                                    initial notice.                              following calendar year, and adjust downward any amount not consistent with effective capital distribution limi-
                                                                                                 tations that would apply on a pro forma basis under baseline conditions, and provide the Board its final planned
                                                                                                 capital distributions.
                                                   October 1 through Sep-                      Effective dates of a firm’s stress buffer requirements.
                                                    tember 30 of the following
                                                    calendar year.



                                                   Transition to the Stress Buffer                                providing firms with two business days                   would respond in writing within 30
                                                   Requirement Regime                                             to make any adjustments to planned                       days. By requiring a firm to submit a
                                                      Currently, the Board’s review and                           capital actions to minimize the time                     request for reconsideration through this
                                                   approval of planned capital actions                            when a firm has material nonpublic                       procedure, the proposal would provide
                                                   covers the four-quarter period between                         information. What if any challenges are                  the Board with an opportunity to
                                                   July 1 and June 30 of the following                            posed by this timeframe for a firm to                    consider justifications and additional
                                                   calendar year. Were a firm’s stress buffer                     adjust its planned capital actions?                      information that the firm believes would
                                                   requirements to become effective on                              Question 17: What are the advantages                   support its request in light of the results
                                                   October 1, 2019, as proposed, for the                          or disadvantages of the proposed                         of the Board’s supervisory stress test,
                                                   period July 1 to September 30, 2019, a                         transition from the current process to                   additional information received during
                                                   bank holding company would be                                  the proposed process? What if any                        the CCAR process, and any other
                                                   authorized to make capital distributions                       alternative transition processes should                  relevant information. The proposed
                                                   that do not exceed the four-quarter                            the Board consider and why?                              procedures also would provide a firm
                                                   average of capital distributions to which                      D. Requests for Reconsideration                          with an opportunity to respond to any
                                                   the Board indicated its non-objection for                                                                               of its stress buffer requirements and
                                                   the previous capital plan cycle, unless                           The proposed rule would revise the                    help ensure that the stress capital buffer
                                                   otherwise determined by the Board. To                          procedures for a firm to request
                                                                                                                                                                           requirements are appropriately sized.
                                                   the extent that a firm wishes to make                          reconsideration of a qualitative
                                                                                                                                                                           Likewise, the proposed procedures
                                                   additional capital distributions beyond                        objection to its capital plan and would
                                                                                                                                                                           would provide a firm with an
                                                   its four-quarter average of capital                            provide similar procedures to allow a
                                                                                                                  firm to request reconsideration of its                   opportunity to respond to a qualitative
                                                   distributions to which the Board                                                                                        objection to its capital plan, and to help
                                                   indicated its non-objection for the                            stress buffer requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                           ensure that the Board has considered all
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   previous capital plan cycle, it would be                          Under the proposal, a firm that
                                                                                                                  determines to request reconsideration of                 relevant aspects of the firm’s capital
                                                   able to use the established notification
                                                   or request for approval processes in the                       any of its stress buffer requirements or                 planning process and capital adequacy
                                                   current capital plan rule.                                     of a qualitative objection to its capital                process. While a firm’s request for
                                                      Question 16: The proposal would                             plan would be required to submit a                       reconsideration is pending, the
                                                   maintain the Board’s current practice of                       request to the Board, and the Board                      requirements under reconsideration

                                                      44 In addition, a firm that is not required to reduce       permitted to do so after receiving its initial notice.   planned dividends in order to lower its stress buffer
                                                   its planned capital distributions would be                     For instance, a firm may choose to reduce its            requirements.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014       20:24 Apr 24, 2018      Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM     25APP2


                                                   18170                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   would not be final, and therefore would                 Effectiveness of Stress Buffer                          reconsideration of a qualitative
                                                   not be effective.                                       Requirements During Request for                         objection to a capital plan or any of the
                                                                                                           Reconsideration                                         stress buffer requirements? What, if any,
                                                   Timing and Contents of Request for                                                                              modifications would enhance the
                                                   Reconsideration                                            While a firm’s request for
                                                                                                           reconsideration is pending, its stress                  proposed procedures?
                                                                                                                                                                      Question 19: During the pendency of
                                                      The proposal would establish                         buffer requirement(s) or qualitative
                                                                                                                                                                   a request for reconsideration, a firm’s
                                                   requirements for the timing and                         objection to the firm’s capital plan, if
                                                                                                                                                                   stress buffer requirements or objection
                                                   contents of a request for                               under reconsideration, would not be
                                                                                                                                                                   to a firm’s capital plan would not go
                                                   reconsideration. Under the proposal, a                  final, and therefore would not be
                                                                                                                                                                   into effect and a firm generally would
                                                   firm wishing to request reconsideration                 effective.46 The firm generally would be
                                                                                                                                                                   continue to be bound by existing
                                                   of a qualitative objection to its capital               able to continue to make capital
                                                                                                                                                                   limitations on capital distributions.
                                                   plan or any of its stress buffer                        distributions that were included in the
                                                                                                                                                                   What are the advantages and
                                                   requirements would be required to                       last capital plan for which the firm
                                                                                                                                                                   disadvantages of this approach?
                                                   submit to the Board in writing such                     received a non-objection.47                                Question 20: The proposal would
                                                   request within fifteen calendar days of                 Adjustments Following Reconsideration                   require a firm to submit a request for
                                                   receipt of notice of its objection or stress            Determination                                           reconsideration within 15 calendar days
                                                   buffer requirements. The request would                                                                          of receiving notice of a qualitative
                                                                                                              In the case that the Board adjusted a
                                                   be required to include an explanation of                                                                        objection to its capital plan or any of its
                                                                                                           firm’s stress buffer requirements in
                                                   why the firm believes that the objection                                                                        stress buffer requirements. What if any
                                                                                                           response to a request for reconsideration
                                                   to its capital plan or either of its stress                                                                     challenges are posed by this proposed
                                                                                                           of a firm’s stress buffer requirement(s),
                                                   buffer requirements should be                                                                                   timeframe?
                                                                                                           the firm would follow the procedures                       Question 21: The Board has not
                                                   reconsidered. To facilitate the Board’s                 provided for the initial notification of                received any requests for an informal
                                                   review of a firm’s request for                          the stress buffer requirements. To enable               hearing under the capital plan rule.
                                                   reconsideration, the request should                     the firm to make the capital                            What are the advantages and
                                                   identify all supporting reasons for the                 distributions included in its original                  disadvantages of continuing to provide
                                                   request. For information not previously                 capital plan, if the Board reduced the                  an opportunity to request an informal
                                                   provided as part of the capital plan, the               firm’s stress buffer requirements, the                  hearing? What information would not be
                                                   request should include an explanation                   firm would have an opportunity to                       adequately addressed in a written
                                                   of why the information should be                        increase its planned capital                            reconsideration process that would be
                                                   considered.                                             distributions up to the amount included                 better addressed in an informal hearing?
                                                                                                           in the firm’s original capital plan. A                  Discuss and provide examples of any
                                                      Within 30 calendar days of receipt of
                                                                                                           firm would be required to notify the                    issues that are likely to be raised in an
                                                   the firm’s request for reconsideration,
                                                                                                           Board of any adjustments in planned                     informal hearing that would not be
                                                   the Board would notify the firm of its                  capital distributions.
                                                   decision to affirm or modify any of the                                                                         adequately presented through a written
                                                   firm’s stress buffer requirements or                    Informal Hearing Procedures                             submission.
                                                   affirm or withdraw its objection to the                   Currently, the capital plan rule                      E. Capital Plan Resubmission and
                                                   firm’s capital plan.45 The Board’s                      provides that a firm that requests                      Circumstances Warranting
                                                   response would include an explanation                   reconsideration of an objection to its                  Recalculation of the Stress Buffer
                                                   of its decision, including responses to                 capital plan may request an informal                    Requirements
                                                   the firm’s supporting reasons and                       hearing as an alternative to requesting                    The capital plan rule currently
                                                   consideration of additional information                 reconsideration of an objection to its                  provides that the Board may require a
                                                   provided.                                               capital plan. Consistent with the current               firm to resubmit its capital plan if the
                                                      The proposed timeline is intended to                 capital plan rule, the proposal would                   Board determines that there has been a
                                                                                                           provide a firm with an opportunity to                   material change in the firm’s risk
                                                   provide an adequate opportunity for
                                                                                                           request an informal hearing as part of its              profile, financial condition, or corporate
                                                   response, while ensuring that the results
                                                                                                           request for request for reconsideration.                structure or if the bank holding
                                                   of the supervisory stress test and a                      Question 18: What are the advantages
                                                   firm’s most recent capital plan are                                                                             company stress scenario(s) used in the
                                                                                                           and disadvantages of the proposed                       firm’s most recent capital plan are no
                                                   integrated into the firm’s ongoing                      procedures for requesting                               longer appropriate for the firm’s
                                                   capital requirements and planned
                                                                                                                                                                   business model and portfolios, or
                                                   distributions as quickly as possible. The                  46 A qualitative objection to a capital plan and
                                                                                                                                                                   changes in financial markets or the
                                                   proposed process should provide the                     any of a firm’s stress buffer requirements also
                                                                                                           would not be effective during the 15-day period         macro-economic outlook that could
                                                   firm with an opportunity to present any                                                                         have a material impact on a firm’s risk
                                                                                                           following the notice of objection or stress buffer
                                                   issues or arguments in an efficient                     requirements but prior to the deadline for              profile and financial condition require
                                                   manner and allow the Board to respond                   submitting a request for reconsideration.               the use of updated scenarios (material
                                                   to the items raised in the request for                     47 To maintain a firm’s status quo during the
                                                                                                                                                                   change). Additionally, a firm must
                                                                                                           request for reconsideration, if the Board has not yet
                                                   reconsideration taking into account the                 indicated its non-objection for a quarter during        resubmit its capital plan if it determines
                                                   results of the stress test and its
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                                                                           which a decision for a request for reconsideration      there has been or will be a material
                                                   supervisory experience in light of                      is pending, a firm would be able to make capital        change in the firm’s risk profile,
                                                   information and arguments presented by                  distributions so long as these distributions do not
                                                                                                           exceed the four-quarter average of capital
                                                                                                                                                                   financial condition, or corporate
                                                   the firm.                                               distributions to which the Board indicated its non-     structure since the firm last submitted
                                                                                                           objection for the previous capital plan cycle, unless   the capital plan to the Board. Until the
                                                                                                           otherwise determined by the Board. A limitation         Board has acted on that resubmitted
                                                                                                           based, in part, on an average of final planned
                                                     45 The Board would be able to extend the time for
                                                                                                           capital actions for the previous capital plan cycle
                                                                                                                                                                   capital plan, a firm is not permitted to
                                                   action on a request for reconsideration upon notice     would account for variations in a firm’s capital        make any capital distributions other
                                                   to the firm.                                            actions from quarter to quarter.                        than those approved by the Board in


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                    18171

                                                   writing. A firm that wishes to increase                  deficiencies in the firm’s capital                     based capital ratios calculated under the
                                                   its capital distributions can choose to                  planning process;                                      rule’s advanced approaches.49 The firm
                                                   resubmit its capital plan to the Board.                     ii. Publishing for notice and comment               would compare each of these buffers to
                                                   These provisions would be maintained                     the severely adverse scenario used in                  the corresponding capital conservation
                                                   in the proposal.                                         calculating a firm’s stress buffer                     buffer requirement. A subject firm’s
                                                      Similar to the current procedure,                     requirements;                                          standardized approach capital
                                                   under the proposal, the Board may                           iii. Providing additional flexibility for           conservation buffer requirement would
                                                   recalculate a firm’s stress buffer                       a firm to exceed the capital distributions             be equal to the sum of: (1) Its stress
                                                   requirements whenever the firm chooses                   included in its capital plan if its                    capital buffer requirement, (2) as
                                                   or is required to resubmit its capital                   earnings and capital ratios are above                  applicable, the firm’s GSIB surcharge;
                                                   plan. The Board would review a                           those in its BHC baseline; or                          and, (3) as applicable, the firm’s
                                                   resubmitted capital plan within 75                          iv. Providing additional flexibility to a           countercyclical capital amount. A
                                                   calendar days after receipt and, at the                  firm to increase the planned capital                   subject firm’s advanced approaches
                                                   Board’s discretion, provide the firm                     actions above what was included in its                 capital conservation buffer requirement
                                                   with one or more updated stress buffer                   original capital plan based on the                     would be equal to the sum of: (1) 2.5
                                                   requirements, and, for a large and                       results of the supervisory stress test or              Percent of risk-weighted assets, (2) as
                                                   complex or LISCC firm, would object or                   request for reconsideration?                           applicable, the firm’s GSIB surcharge;
                                                   not object to the resubmitted capital                                                                           and, (3) as applicable, the firm’s
                                                   plan on qualitative grounds. Under the                   IV. Proposed Changes to the Capital                    countercyclical capital buffer amount.
                                                   proposal, upon a determination by the                    Rule and Explanation of the Mechanics                  Similarly, under the proposal, a firm
                                                   Board or the firm of a material change,                  of the Distribution Limitations of the                 would compare its leverage buffer to its
                                                   the Board may conduct an updated                         Stress Buffer Requirements                             stress leverage buffer requirement.
                                                   supervisory stress test and recalculate a                A. Proposed Changes to the Capital Rule
                                                   firm’s stress buffer requirements based                                                                         B. Mechanics of the Distribution
                                                                                                               Conceptually, a firm’s capital buffer is            Limitations of the Stress Buffer
                                                   on the resubmitted capital plan.48
                                                   Similar to the process for submitting the                the amount by which its regulatory                     Requirements
                                                   annual capital plan, the planned capital                 capital ratios exceed minimum                             A firm would be subject to the most
                                                   distributions in the firm’s resubmitted                  requirements. For example, for risk-                   stringent distribution limitation, if any,
                                                   capital plan would be required to be                     based capital purposes under the                       as determined by the firm’s
                                                   consistent with any effective capital                    current capital rule, a firm’s capital                 standardized approach capital
                                                   distribution limitations that would                      conservation buffer is equal to the                    conservation buffer requirement, the
                                                   apply on a pro forma basis over the                      lowest of the following ratios: The firm’s             firm’s stress leverage buffer requirement
                                                   planning horizon. Any updated stress                     CET1 capital ratio minus its minimum                   and, if applicable, the firm’s advanced
                                                   buffer requirements, approved planned                    CET1 capital ratio requirement, its tier               approaches capital conservation buffer
                                                   capital actions, and, for a LISCC or large               1 capital ratio minus its minimum tier                 requirement, and the enhanced
                                                   and complex firm, the Board’s action on                  1 capital ratio requirement, and its total             supplementary leverage ratio standard.
                                                   the resubmitted capital plan, would be                   capital ratio minus its minimum total                  The firm would determine the
                                                   in effect until the firm’s updated stress                capital ratio requirement. The proposal                maximum amount it could pay in
                                                   buffer requirements from the next                        would retain this concept for                          capital distributions and discretionary
                                                   annual assessment by the Board become                    determining a firm’s buffer above its                  bonus payments that quarter (maximum
                                                   effective (unless the firm experienced                   minimum risk-based capital                             payout amount) by multiplying the
                                                   another material change prior to that                    requirements, and would extend the                     firm’s eligible retained income by the
                                                   date).                                                   concept for purposes of determining a                  most stringent payout ratio, if any, that
                                                      Question 22: Under the proposal, the                  firm’s buffer above its minimum 4                      it is subject to as determined under
                                                   Board may recalculate a firm’s stress                    percent tier 1 leverage ratio requirement              Table 2 to 12 CFR 217.11 of the
                                                   buffer requirements if the firm resubmits                (leverage buffer). Under the proposal, a               proposed rule.
                                                   its capital plan. Accordingly, the Board                 firm would compare a given buffer to                      For example, in order to determine
                                                   also would recalculate the firm’s stress                 the relevant buffer requirement to                     the maximum payout amount that a firm
                                                   buffer requirement using an updated                      determine whether it is subject to                     may pay in capital distributions and
                                                   severely adverse scenario. What are the                  limitations on its capital distributions               discretionary bonus payments for the
                                                   advantages or disadvantages of using an                  and discretionary bonus payments.                      first quarter of 2020, a firm would
                                                   updated severely adverse scenario to                        To incorporate the stress buffer                    multiply its maximum payout ratio by
                                                   recalculate a firm’s stress buffer                       requirements into the capital rule, the                its eligible retained income. For the
                                                   requirements?                                            proposal would revise the capital rule to              period from January 1, 2020 to March
                                                      Question 23: What, if any, other                      introduce the terms ‘‘stress capital                   31, 2020, the eligible retained income of
                                                   changes to CCAR or the capital plan                      buffer requirement’’ and ‘‘stress leverage             the firm would be based on the firm’s
                                                   rule should the Board consider? For                      buffer requirement,’’ and to define                    net income for the year 2019 and the
                                                   example, what advantages or                              standardized approach capital                          maximum payout ratio would be
                                                   disadvantages would be associated with:                  conservation buffer requirement and                    determined based on the capital ratios
                                                      i. Removing or adjusting the                          advanced approaches capital                            of the firm as of December 31, 2019.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   provisions that allow the Board to object                conservation buffer requirement for                    Firms that are subject to stress buffer
                                                   to a large and complex or LISCC firm’s                   firms subject to the capital plan rule. A              requirements are expected to know their
                                                   capital plan on the basis of qualitative                 firm would determine its standardized
                                                                                                            approach capital conservation buffer                      49 As under the current capital rule, under
                                                     48 For  this purpose, the planning horizon would       using risk-based capital ratios calculated             § 217.10, a firm subject to the advanced approaches
                                                   be the nine quarter period beginning on the date         under the capital rule’s standardized                  must calculate each of its risk-based capital ratios
                                                   after the as-of date of the projections. For instance,                                                          (common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total capital)
                                                   if the as-of date of the projections was June 30,
                                                                                                            approach, and, if applicable, would                    under the standardized approach (12 CFR part 217,
                                                   2019, the planning horizon would extend from July        determine its advanced approaches                      subpart D) and under the advanced approaches (12
                                                   1, 2019, through September 30, 2021.                     capital conservation buffer using risk-                CFR part 217, subpart E).



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014    20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18172                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   capital positions on a daily basis. If a                of ‘‘significant trading activity’’ into the            baseline scenario.51 As described in
                                                   firm has any uncertainty regarding its                  Board’s company-run stress test                         section III.C above, the proposal
                                                   quarter-end capital ratios prior to filing              requirements,50 rather than defining this               provides that, within two business days
                                                   its regulatory reports, it should be                    term with reference to the Capital                      of receipt of notice of its stress buffer
                                                   conservative with capital distributions                 Assessments and Stress Testing report                   requirements, a firm would be required
                                                   (including buybacks) during the                         (FR Y–14). Currently, significant trading               to assess whether its planned capital
                                                   beginning of a calendar quarter in order                activity is defined in the FR Y–14. The                 distributions are consistent with the
                                                   to avoid a situation in which it                        FR Y–14 defines a firm with significant                 effective capital distribution limitations
                                                   distributes more than the amount                        trading activity as any domestic bank                   that would apply on a pro forma basis
                                                   permitted under the capital rule.                       holding company or U.S. intermediate                    under the BHC baseline scenario
                                                      The proposal would not amend the                     holding company that is subject to                      throughout the fourth through seventh
                                                   current definitions of ‘‘distribution’’ and             supervisory stress tests and that (1) has               quarters of the planning horizon. In the
                                                   ‘‘capital distribution’’ found in the                   aggregate trading assets and liabilities of             event of an inconsistency, a firm would
                                                   capital rule and capital plan rule,                     $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading               be required to reduce the capital
                                                   respectively. Under the capital rule, the               assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent              distributions in its capital plan to be
                                                   definition of distribution includes                     or more of total consolidated assets, and               consistent with such limitations for
                                                   reductions in tier 1 capital through a                  (2) is not a ‘‘large and noncomplex firm’’              those quarters of the planning horizon
                                                   repurchase or any other means, except                   under the Board’s capital plan rule.                    and provide the Board with its final
                                                   when the institution, in the same                       Under the proposal, this definition of                  planned capital actions following any
                                                   quarter as the repurchase, fully replaces               significant trading activity would be                   such adjustments.52
                                                   the tier 1 instrument by issuing another                                                                           To implement this requirement, a firm
                                                                                                           adopted in the stress test rules for the
                                                   similar instrument. Under the capital                                                                           would be required to report its capital
                                                                                                           annual company-run stress test. This
                                                   plan rule, a capital distribution means a                                                                       distributions on the FR Y–14A filed in
                                                                                                           change would be responsive to feedback
                                                   redemption or repurchase of any debt or                                                                         connection with its initial capital plan
                                                                                                           that it is more transparent to define the
                                                   equity capital instrument, a payment of                                                                         on April 5, and in the event of any
                                                   common or preferred stock dividends, a                  scope of applicability for the trading                  downward adjustments to its planned
                                                   payment that may be temporarily or                      and counterparty component in the                       capital distributions, resubmit the FR
                                                   permanently suspended by the issuer on                  stress test rules, rather than by cross-                Y–14A summary schedule within two
                                                   any instrument that is eligible for                     reference to the FR Y–14.                               business days of receiving its stress
                                                   inclusion in the numerator of any                       VI. Proposed Changes to Regulatory                      buffer requirements, that reflect the
                                                   minimum regulatory capital ratio, and                   Reports                                                 stress buffer requirements and its
                                                   any similar transaction that the Board                                                                          reduced planned capital distributions.53
                                                   determines to be in substance a                           The proposal would modify the                         At the time a firm submits its capital
                                                   distribution of capital. Unlike the                     Consolidated Financial Statements for                   plan and FR Y–14 report (April 5), the
                                                   definition of distribution in the capital               Holding Companies Report (FR Y–9C;                      firm will not be aware of its stress buffer
                                                   rule, the definition of capital                         OMB: 7100–0128) to collect information                  requirements for the upcoming cycle.
                                                   distribution in the capital plan rule does              regarding the stress buffer requirements                For simplicity, the instructions
                                                   not provide an exception for                            applicable to a firm and the Capital                    contemplate that the firm would report
                                                   distributions accompanied by an                         Assessments and Stress Testing Report                   the stress buffer requirements currently
                                                   offsetting issuance. The discrepancy                    (FR Y–14A; OMB No. 7100–0341).                          in effect, and assume that the stress
                                                   between the two definitions reflects the                Specifically, the proposal would add                    buffer requirements remain constant
                                                   different purposes of the two rules. The                new line items to the quarterly FR Y–                   through the planning horizon. However,
                                                   broader definition included in the                      9C in order to collect information                      the capital plan rule requires the firm’s
                                                   capital plan rule ensures that all                      regarding a firm’s stress capital buffer                planned capital distributions to be
                                                   distributions, including those offset by                requirement, stress leverage buffer                     consistent with effective capital
                                                   issuances, are included in a firm’s                     requirement, and GSIB surcharge and                     distribution limitations in the fourth
                                                   capital plan. However, because                          countercyclical capital buffer amount,                  through seventh quarters of the
                                                   distributions offset by equivalent                      as applicable, and information                          planning horizon and not the
                                                   issuances within a quarter do not affect                necessary to calculate a firm’s                         distribution limitations in effect in the
                                                   a firm’s capital position, this type of                 distribution limitations, including its                 prior cycle. Thus, it would be possible
                                                   distribution is not included in the                     capital conservation buffer, advanced                   for a firm to include planned capital
                                                   definition in the capital rule.                         approaches capital conservation buffer,                 distributions in its April 5 FR Y–14A
                                                      Question 24: What are the advantages                 leverage buffer, eligible retained
                                                   or disadvantages of maintaining the                     income, and distributions. This                            51 A firm generally would only be required to

                                                   current definitions of distribution and                 information would enable the Board and                  report this information annually in connection with
                                                   capital distribution in the capital rule                                                                        its April 5 capital plan submission.
                                                                                                           the public to identify any distribution                    52 The proposal also permits a firm to reduce its
                                                   and capital plan rule, respectively, or of              limitations and monitor a bank holding                  planned capital distributions if the firm’s planned
                                                   amending the definition of capital                      company’s performance on a quarterly                    capital distributions are consistent with effective
                                                   distribution in the capital plan rule to                basis.                                                  capital distribution limitations.
                                                   match the definition of distribution in                                                                            53 In the event that a firm requests reconsideration
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   the capital rule or vice versa?                           The proposal would add similar items                  of any of its stress buffer requirements, a firm must
                                                                                                           to the semi-annual FR Y–14A schedule                    evaluate its planned capital distributions in light of
                                                   V. Proposed Changes to the Stress Test                  to collect the information necessary to                 any modifications any of the stress buffer
                                                   Rules                                                                                                           requirements. The firm may be required to reduce
                                                                                                           compare a firm’s projected capital ratios               or permitted to increase its capital distributions
                                                     To increase the transparency                          to expected buffer requirements and                     depending on any modifications, and must provide
                                                   regarding the application of an                         implement the proposed evaluation of                    the Board with its final planned capital actions
                                                                                                           planned capital actions under the BHC                   reflecting those adjustments. In the event of any
                                                   additional trading and counterparty                                                                             adjustment, the firm would be required to file the
                                                   scenario component, the proposal                                                                                FR Y–14A to reflect its revised planned capital
                                                   would expressly include the definition                    50 See   12 CFR part 252, subpart F.                  distributions.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                           18173

                                                   that would exceed those permitted                       this notice that may affect reporting,                 standardized approach capital
                                                   under the previous cycle’s capital plan,                recordkeeping, or disclosure                           conservation buffer requirement and the
                                                   but be consistent with the capital plan                 requirements and burden estimates                      advanced approaches capital
                                                   rule because the firm’s stress buffer                   should be sent to: Secretary, Board of                 conservation buffer requirement), stress
                                                   requirements declined.                                  Governors of the Federal Reserve                       leverage buffer requirement, and SLR
                                                      Question 25: The proposal would                      System, 20th and C Streets NW,                         buffer requirement; (2) the firm’s capital
                                                   require all firms subject to the stress                 Washington, DC 20551. A copy of the                    conservation buffer, advanced
                                                   buffer requirements to report their                     comments may also be submitted to the                  approaches capital conservation buffer,
                                                   eligible retained income and capital                    OMB desk officer by mail to U.S. Office                leverage buffer, and, as applicable, SLR
                                                   distributions and discretionary bonus                   of Management and Budget, 725 17th                     buffer as of the preceding quarter-end,
                                                   payments each quarter on the FR Y–9C,                   Street NW, #10235, Washington, DC                      which is the difference between the
                                                   which is publicly available. What                       20503 or by facsimile to 202–3955806,                  firm’s relevant capital ratio and the
                                                   concerns, if any, are raised by making                  Attention, Agency Desk Officer.                        relevant minimum requirement; and (3)
                                                   this reporting mandatory? What                             Proposed Revisions, With Extension                  information needed to calculate the
                                                   concerns, if any, are raised by making                  for Three Years, of the Following                      firm’s maximum payout amount,
                                                   this reporting public as opposed to                     Information Collections:                               including the firm’s planned total
                                                   including this information in a                            (1) Title of Information Collection:                capital distributions, eligible retained
                                                   confidential information collection?                    Consolidated Financial Statements for                  income, and maximum payout ratio.
                                                                                                           Holding Companies.                                     The proposed revision would apply to
                                                   VII. Administrative Law Matters                            Agency Form Number: FR Y–9C; FR                     top-tier holding companies subject to
                                                   A. Paperwork Reduction Act                              Y–9LP; FR Y–9SP; FR Y–9ES; FR Y–                       the Board’s capital plan rule (BHCs and
                                                                                                           9CS.                                                   IHCs with total consolidated assets of
                                                     In accordance with section 3512 of                       OMB Control Number: 7100–0128.                      $50 billion or more), for a total of 39 of
                                                   the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995                        Frequency of Response: Quarterly,                   the existing FR Y–9C respondents. The
                                                   (44 U.S.C. 3501–3521) (PRA), the Board                  semi-annually, and annually.                           draft reporting forms and instructions
                                                   may not conduct or sponsor, and a                          Affected Public: Businesses or other                for the FR Y–9C will be available at
                                                   respondent is not required to respond                   for-profit.                                            https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/
                                                   to, an information collection unless it                    Respondents: Bank holding                           reportforms/review.aspx.
                                                   displays a currently valid Office of                    companies (BHCs), savings and loan                        Number of Respondents: FR Y–9C
                                                   Management and Budget (OMB) control                     holding companies (SLHCs), securities                  (non-Advanced Approaches holding
                                                   number. The Board reviewed the                          holding companies (SHCs), and U.S.                     companies or other respondents): 632;
                                                   proposed rule under the authority                       intermediate holding companies (IHCs),                 FR Y–9C (Advanced Approaches
                                                   delegated to the Board by OMB.                          (collectively, ‘‘holding companies’’).                 holding companies or other
                                                     The proposed rule would revise                           Abstract: The FR Y–9C serves as                     respondents): 18; FR Y–9LP: 780; FR Y–
                                                   collection of information requirements                  standardized financial statements for                  9SP: 3,889; FR Y–9ES: 80; FR Y–9CS:
                                                   subject to the PRA. As described further                holding companies. The FR Y–9 family                   236.
                                                   below, the proposal would revise the                    of reporting forms continues to be the                    Current Estimated Average Hours per
                                                   reporting requirements found in section                 primary source of financial data on                    Response: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
                                                   12 CFR 225.8. Additionally, the Board                   holding companies that examiners rely                  Approaches holding companies or other
                                                   proposes to revise certain other                        on in the intervals between on-site                    respondents): 47.11 hours; FR Y–9C
                                                   collections of information to reflect the               inspections. Financial data from these                 (Advanced Approaches holding
                                                   changes proposed in the proposed rule.                  reporting forms are used to detect                     companies or other respondents): 48.36
                                                     The OMB control numbers are 7100–                     emerging financial problems, to review                 hours; FR Y–9LP: 5.27 hours; FR Y–9SP:
                                                   0128, 7100–0341, and 7100–0342 for                      performance and conduct pre-                           5.4 hours; FR Y–9ES: 0.5 hours; FR Y–
                                                   this information collection.                            inspection analysis, to monitor and                    9CS: 0.5 hours.
                                                     Comments are invited on:                              evaluate capital adequacy, to evaluate                    Current Estimated Annual Burden
                                                     a. Whether the collections of                         holding company mergers and                            Hours: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
                                                   information are necessary for the proper                acquisitions, and to analyze a holding                 Approaches holding companies or other
                                                   performance of the Federal Reserve’s                    company’s overall financial condition to               respondents): 119,094 hours; FR Y–9C
                                                   functions, including whether the                        ensure the safety and soundness of its                 (Advanced Approaches holding
                                                   information has practical utility;                      operations.                                            companies or other respondents): 3,482
                                                     b. The accuracy or the estimate of the                   Current Actions: The proposal would                 hours; FR Y–9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y–
                                                   burden of the information collections,                  modify the FR Y–9C for holding                         9SP: 42,001; FR Y–9ES: 40; FR Y–9CS:
                                                   including the validity of the                           companies subject to the capital plan                  472.
                                                   methodology and assumptions used;                       rule in order to collect information                      Proposed Change in Estimated
                                                     c. Ways to enhance the quality,                       regarding a firm’s stress capital buffer               Annual Burden Hours: FR Y–9C: 1,188
                                                   utility, and clarity of the information to              requirement, stress leverage buffer                    hours (an increase of 0.26 hours per
                                                   be collected;                                           requirement, GSIB surcharge,                           response for FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
                                                     d. Ways to minimize the burden of the                 countercyclical capital buffer amount,                 Approaches holding companies or other
                                                   information collections on respondents,                 as applicable, and any applicable                      respondents) and an increase of 8 hours
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   including through the use of automated                  distribution limitations under the                     per response for FR Y–9C (Advanced
                                                   collection techniques or other forms of                 regulatory capital rule. Specifically, the             Approaches holding companies or other
                                                   information technology; and                             proposal would add new line items to                   respondents)).
                                                     e. Estimates of capital or startup costs              the FR Y–9C Schedule HC–R Part I to                       Proposed Total Estimated Annual
                                                   and costs of operation, maintenance,                    collect to collect the following                       Burden Hours: FR Y–9C (non-Advanced
                                                   and purchase of services to provide                     information from holding companies                     Approaches holding companies or other
                                                   information.                                            subject to the capital plan rule: (1) The              respondents): 119,751 hours; FR Y–9C
                                                     All comment will become a matter of                   firm’s capital conservation buffer                     (Advanced Approaches holding
                                                   public record. Comments on aspects of                   requirements (including its                            companies or other respondents): 4,058


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18174                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   hours; FR Y–9LP: 16,442 hours; FR Y–                    projections of capital across scenarios.54             Securities, 13 hours; PPNR, 711 hours;
                                                   9SP: 42,001; FR Y–9ES: 40; FR Y–9CS:                    The quarterly FR Y–14Q collects                        Wholesale, 151 hours; Trading, 1,926
                                                   472.                                                    granular data on various asset classes,                hours; Regulatory capital transitions, 23
                                                      (2) Title of Information Collection:                 including loans, securities, and trading               hours; Regulatory capital instruments,
                                                   Capital Assessments and Stress Testing                  assets, and pre-provision net revenue                  54 hours; Operational risk, 50 hours;
                                                   information collection.                                 (PPNR) for the reporting period. The                   MSR Valuation, 23 hours;
                                                      Agency Form Number: FR Y–14A/Q/                      monthly FR Y–14M comprises three                       Supplemental, 4 hours; Retail FVO/
                                                   M.                                                      retail portfolio- and loan-level                       HFS, 15 hours; CCR, 514 hours; and
                                                      OMB Control Number: 7100–0341.                       collections, and one detailed address                  Balances, 16 hours. FR Y–14M: 1st lien
                                                      Frequency of Response: Annually,                     matching collection to supplement two                  mortgage, 516 hours; Home equity, 516
                                                   semi-annually, quarterly, and monthly.                  of the portfolio and loan-level                        hours; and Credit card, 512 hours. FR
                                                      Affected Public: Businesses or other                 collections.                                           Y–14 On-Going automation revisions,
                                                   for-profit.                                                Current Actions: The proposal would                 480 hours; and implementation, 7,200
                                                      Respondents: The respondent panel                    modify the FR Y–14 reports in order to                 hours. FR Y–14 Attestation:
                                                   consists of any top-tier bank holding                   collect information regarding a firm’s                 Implementation, 4,800 hours; and on-
                                                   company (BHC) or intermediate holding                   capital conservation buffer requirements               going, 2,560 hours.
                                                   company (IHC) that has $50 billion or                   (including the stress buffer                             Current Estimated Annual Burden
                                                   more in total consolidated assets, as                   requirements) and any applicable                       Hours: FR Y–14A: Summary, 69,186
                                                   determined based on: (i) The average of                 distribution limitations under the                     hours; Macro scenario, 2,418 hours;
                                                   the firm’s total consolidated assets in                 regulatory capital rule. The proposal                  Operational Risk, 702 hours; Regulatory
                                                   the four most recent quarters as reported               would add new line items to the semi-                  capital instruments, 819 hours; Business
                                                   quarterly on the firm’s Consolidated                    annual FR Y–14A, Schedule A                            plan changes, 624 hours; and Adjusted
                                                   Financial Statements for Bank Holding                   (Summary—Capital) to collect                           Capital Submission, 500 hours. FR Y–
                                                   Companies (FR Y–9C) (OMB No. 7100–                      information regarding a firm’s                         14Q: Retail, 2,340; Securities, 2,028
                                                   0128); or (ii) the average of the firm’s                projections under BHC baseline                         hours; Pre-provision net revenue
                                                   total consolidated assets in the most                   conditions. Specifically, the FR Y–14A                 (PPNR), 110,916 hours; Wholesale,
                                                   recent consecutive quarters as reported                 would be revised to collect the                        23,556 hours; Trading, 92,448 hours;
                                                   quarterly on the firm’s FR Y–9Cs, if the                following: (1) The firm’s capital                      Regulatory capital transitions, 3,588
                                                   firm has not filed an FR Y–9C for each                  conservation buffer requirements                       hours; Regulatory capital instruments,
                                                   of the most recent four quarters.                       (including its standardized approach                   8,424 hours; Operational risk, 7,800
                                                   Reporting is required as of the first day               capital conservation buffer requirement                hours; Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
                                                   of the quarter immediately following the                and the advanced approaches capital                    Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental,
                                                   quarter in which it meets this asset                    conservation buffer requirement), stress               624 hours; and Retail Fair Value
                                                   threshold, unless otherwise directed by                 leverage buffer requirement, and SLR                   Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS),
                                                   the Board.                                              buffer requirement for each quarter of                 1,500 hours; Counterparty, 24,672
                                                      Abstract: The data collected through                 the planning horizon; (2) the firm’s                   hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y–
                                                   the FR Y–14A/Q/M schedules provide                      capital conservation buffer, advanced                  14M: 1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;
                                                   the Board with the information and                      approaches capital conservation buffer,                Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit
                                                                                                           leverage buffer, and, as applicable, SLR               card, 110,592 hours. FR Y–14 On-going
                                                   perspective needed to help ensure that
                                                                                                           buffer as of the preceding quarter-end                 automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and
                                                   large BHCs and IHCs have strong,
                                                                                                           for each quarter of the planning horizon,              implementation, 0 hours. FR Y–14
                                                   firm-wide risk measurement and
                                                                                                           which is the difference between the                    Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours;
                                                   management processes supporting their
                                                                                                           firm’s relevant capital ratio and the                  and on-going, 33,280 hours.
                                                   internal assessments of capital adequacy                                                                         Proposed Change in Estimated
                                                   and that their capital resources are                    relevant minimum requirement; and (3)
                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Burden Hours: FR Y–14A: 780
                                                   sufficient given their business focus,                  information needed to calculate the
                                                                                                                                                                  hours (20 additional hours annually for
                                                   activities, and resulting risk exposures.               firm’s maximum payout amount,                          the 39 FR Y–14 filers).
                                                   The annual CCAR exercise is                             including the firm’s planned total                       Proposed Total Estimated Annual
                                                   complemented by other Board                             capital distributions, eligible retained               Burden Hours: FR Y–14A: Summary,
                                                   supervisory efforts aimed at enhancing                  income, and maximum payout ratio for                   69,966 hours; Macro scenario, 2,418
                                                   the continued viability of large firms,                 each quarter of the planning horizon.                  hours; Operational Risk, 702 hours;
                                                   including continuous monitoring of                      The draft reporting forms and                          Regulatory capital instruments, 819
                                                   firms’ planning and management of                       instructions for the FR Y–14 will be                   hours; Business plan changes, 624
                                                   liquidity and funding resources and                     available at https://                                  hours; and Adjusted Capital
                                                   regular assessments of credit, market                   www.federalreserve.gov/apps/                           Submission, 500 hours. FR Y–14Q:
                                                   and operational risks, and associated                   reportforms/review.aspx.                               Retail, 2,340; Securities, 2,028 hours;
                                                   risk management practices. Information                     Number of Respondents: 39.                          Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR),
                                                   gathered in this data collection is also                   Current Estimated Average Hours per                 110,916 hours; Wholesale, 23,556 hours;
                                                   used in the supervision and regulation                  Response: FR Y–14A: Summary, 887                       Trading, 92,448 hours; Regulatory
                                                   of these financial institutions.                        hours; Macro scenario, 31 hours;                       capital transitions, 3,588 hours;
                                                      The Capital Assessments and Stress                   Operational Risk, 18 hours; Regulatory
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                                                                                                                                  Regulatory capital instruments, 8,424
                                                   Testing information collection consists                 capital instruments, 21 hours; and                     hours; Operational risk, 7,800 hours;
                                                   of the FR Y–14A, FR Y–14Q, and FR Y–                    Business plan changes, 16 hours;                       Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
                                                   14M reports. The semi-annual FR Y–                      Adjusted Capital Submission, 100                       Valuation, 1,380 hours; Supplemental,
                                                   14A collects quantitative projections of                hours. FR Y–14Q: Retail, 15 hours;                     624 hours; and Retail Fair Value
                                                   balance sheet, income, losses, and                                                                             Option/Held for Sale (Retail FVO/HFS),
                                                                                                              54 A bank holding company that must re-submit
                                                   capital across a range of macroeconomic                                                                        1,500 hours; Counterparty, 24,672
                                                                                                           its capital plan generally also must provide a
                                                   scenarios and qualitative information on                revised FR Y–14A in connection with its                hours; and Balances, 2,496 hours. FR Y–
                                                   methodologies used to develop internal                  resubmission.                                          14M: 1st lien mortgage, 229,104 hours;


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                    18175

                                                   Home equity, 191,952 hours; and Credit                     Current Estimated Annual Burden                     proposed rule, the RFA requires an
                                                   card, 110,592 hours. FR Y–14 On-going                   Hours: Annual capital planning                         agency to prepare an Initial Regulatory
                                                   automation revisions, 18,720 hours; and                 recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC                Flexibility Analysis describing the
                                                   implementation, 0 hours. FR Y–14                        and large and complex firms), 238,400                  impact of the rule on small entities or
                                                   Attestation: Implementation, 0 hours;                   hours; Annual capital planning                         to certify that the proposed rule would
                                                   and on-going, 33,280 hours.                             recordkeeping (large and complex firms)                not have a significant economic impact
                                                      (3) Title of Information Collection:                 (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large and noncomplex               on a substantial number of small
                                                   Recordkeeping and Reporting                             firms), 160,560 hours; annual capital                  entities. An initial regulatory flexibility
                                                   Requirements Associated with                            planning reporting (§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)),                analysis must contain (1) a description
                                                   Regulation Y (Capital Plans).                           2,240 hours; annual capital planning                   of the reasons why action by the agency
                                                      Agency Form Number: Reg Y–13.                        recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800              is being considered; (2) a succinct
                                                      OMB Control Number: 7100–0342.                       hours; data collections reporting                      statement of the objectives of, and legal
                                                      Frequency of Response: Annually.                     (§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–(vi)), 38,190 hours; data            basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a
                                                      Affected Public: Businesses or other                 collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)),                 description of, and, where feasible, an
                                                   for-profit.                                             1,000 hours; review of capital plans by                estimate of the number of small entities
                                                      Respondents: BHCs and IHCs.                          the Federal Reserve reporting                          to which the proposed rule will apply;
                                                      Abstract: Regulation Y (12 CFR part                  (§ 225.8(j)), 32 hours; prior approval                 (4) a description of the projected
                                                   225) requires large bank holding                        request requirements reporting                         reporting, recordkeeping, and other
                                                   companies (BHCs) to submit capital                      (§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600 hours;              compliance requirements of the
                                                   plans to the Federal Reserve on an                      prior approval request requirements                    proposed rule, including an estimate of
                                                   annual basis and to require such BHCs                   exceptions (§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32                 the classes of small entities that will be
                                                   to request prior approval from the                      hours; prior approval request                          subject to the requirement and the type
                                                   Federal Reserve under certain                           requirements reports (§ 225.8(k)(6)), 32               of professional skills necessary for
                                                   circumstances before making a capital                   hours.                                                 preparation of the report or record; (5)
                                                   distribution.                                              Proposed Change in Estimated                        an identification, to the extent
                                                      Current Actions: The proposal would                  Average Hours per Response: Proposed                   practicable, of all relevant Federal rules
                                                   modify the capital plan rule in                         response to notice; adjustments to                     which may duplicate, overlap with, or
                                                   Regulation Y by introducing stress                      planned capital distributions                          conflict with the proposed rule; and (6)
                                                   buffer requirements and providing for                   (recordkeeping) (§ 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 2                  a description of any significant
                                                   new procedures regarding their                          hours.                                                 alternatives to the proposed rule which
                                                                                                              Proposed Total Estimated Annual                     accomplish its stated objectives.
                                                   implementation. This includes adding
                                                                                                           Burden Hours: Annual capital planning                     The Board has considered the
                                                   § 225.8(h)(3)(i), which would require a
                                                                                                           recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC                potential impact of the proposed rule on
                                                   firm to determine whether capital                                                                              small entities in accordance with the
                                                                                                           and large and complex firms), 238,400
                                                   distributions for the fourth through                                                                           RFA. Based on its analysis and for the
                                                                                                           hours; Annual capital planning
                                                   seventh quarters of the planning horizon                                                                       reasons stated below, the Board believes
                                                                                                           recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large
                                                   under the BHC baseline scenario                                                                                that this proposed rule will not have a
                                                                                                           and noncomplex firms), 160,560 hours;
                                                   included in the capital plan submitted                                                                         significant economic impact on a
                                                                                                           annual capital planning reporting
                                                   pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) would                                                                         substantial number of small entities.
                                                                                                           (§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 2,240 hours; annual
                                                   be consistent with effective capital                                                                           Nevertheless, the Board is publishing
                                                                                                           capital planning recordkeeping
                                                   distribution limitations, assuming the                                                                         and inviting comment on this initial
                                                                                                           (§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 2,800 hours; data
                                                   stress buffer requirements, and reduce                                                                         regulatory flexibility analysis. A final
                                                                                                           collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–
                                                   its distributions as necessary to be                                                                           regulatory flexibility analysis will be
                                                                                                           (vi)), 38,190 hours; data collections
                                                   consistent with such capital distribution                                                                      conducted after comments received
                                                                                                           reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)), 1,000 hours;
                                                   limitations.                                                                                                   during the public comment period have
                                                                                                           proposed response to notice:
                                                      Number of Respondents: 39.                                                                                  been considered. The proposal would
                                                                                                           Adjustments to planned capital
                                                      Current Estimated Average Hours per                                                                         also make corresponding changes to the
                                                                                                           distributions (recordkeeping)
                                                   Response: Annual capital planning                                                                              Board’s reporting forms.
                                                                                                           (§ 225.8(h)(3)(i)), 78 hours; prior
                                                   recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (LISCC                                                                           As discussed in detail above, the
                                                                                                           approval request requirements reporting
                                                   and large and complex firms), 11,920                                                                           proposed rule would amend the capital
                                                                                                           (§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 2,600 hours;
                                                   hours; Annual capital planning                                                                                 rule, capital plan rule, stress testing
                                                                                                           prior approval request requirements
                                                   recordkeeping (§ 225.8(e)(1)(i)) (large                                                                        rules, and the proposed Stress Testing
                                                                                                           exceptions (§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 32
                                                   and noncomplex firms), 8,920 hours;                                                                            Policy Statement, that was previously
                                                                                                           hours; prior approval request
                                                   annual capital planning reporting                                                                              proposed on December 15, 2017. Under
                                                                                                           requirements reports (§ 225.8(k)(6)), 32
                                                   (§ 225.8(e)(1)(ii)), 80 hours; annual                                                                          the proposed rule, the Board would use
                                                                                                           hours.
                                                   capital planning recordkeeping                                                                                 the results of the supervisory stress test
                                                   (§ 225.8(e)(1)(iii)), 100 hours; data                   B. Regulatory Flexibility Act                          to establish the size of a firm’s stress
                                                   collections reporting (§ 225.8(e)(3)(i)–                   The Board is providing an initial                   capital buffer requirement and stress
                                                   (vi)), 1,005 hours; data collections                    regulatory flexibility analysis with                   leverage buffer requirement. The stress
                                                   reporting (§ 225.8(e)(4)), 100 hours;                   respect to this proposed rule. The                     capital buffer requirement would
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   review of capital plans by the Federal                  Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601               replace the static 2.5 percent of
                                                   Reserve reporting (§ 225.8(j)), 16 hours;               et seq., (RFA), requires an agency to                  standardized risk-weighted assets
                                                   prior approval request requirements                     consider whether the rules it proposes
                                                   reporting (§ 225.8(k)(1), (3), & (4)), 100              will have a significant economic impact                institution, bank holding company, or savings and
                                                   hours; prior approval request                           on a substantial number of small                       loan holding company with total assets of $550
                                                   requirements exceptions                                                                                        million or less and trust companies with total assets
                                                                                                           entities.55 In connection with a                       of $38.5 million or less. As of December 31, 2017,
                                                   (§ 225.8(k)(3)(iii)(A)), 16 hours; prior                                                                       there were approximately 3,384 small bank holding
                                                   approval request requirements reports                    55 Under regulations issued by the Small Business     companies, 230 small savings and loan holding
                                                   (§ 225.8(k)(6)), 16 hours.                              Administration, a small entity includes a depository   companies, and 553 small state member banks.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18176                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   component of a firm’s capital                            the capital plan rule relating to                      List of Subjects
                                                   conservation buffer requirement in the                   adjustments to planned capital
                                                                                                                                                                   12 CFR Part 217
                                                   capital rule. As under the current                       distributions included in a firm’s capital
                                                   capital rule, a firm would be subject to                 plan and information regarding a firm’s                  Administrative practice and
                                                   increasingly strict limitations on capital               capital conservation buffer requirements               procedure, Banks, Banking, Holding
                                                   distributions and bonus payments as the                  (including the stress buffer                           companies, Reporting and
                                                   firm’s capital ratios decline below the                  requirements) and any applicable                       recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
                                                   firm’s buffer requirements. The proposal                 distribution limitations under the                     12 CFR Part 225
                                                   would also make adjustments to the                       capital rule. These changes would not
                                                   assumptions used in the supervisory                      impact small entities. In addition, the                  Administrative practice and
                                                   stress test and would replace the capital                Board is aware of no other Federal rules               procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
                                                   plan rule’s quantitative objection.                      that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with              planning, Holding companies, Reporting
                                                      The Board has broad authority under                   the proposed changes to the capital rule,              and recordkeeping requirements,
                                                   the International Lending Supervision                    capital plan rule, and stress testing                  Securities, Stress testing.
                                                   Act (ILSA) 56 and the PCA provisions of                  rules. Therefore, the Board believes that              12 CFR Part 252
                                                   the Federal Deposit Insurance Act 57 to                  the proposed rule will not have a
                                                   establish regulatory capital                                                                                      Administrative practice and
                                                                                                            significant economic impact on small
                                                   requirements for the institutions it                                                                            procedure, Banks, Banking, Capital
                                                                                                            banking organizations supervised by the
                                                   regulates. For example, ILSA directs                                                                            planning, Federal Reserve System,
                                                                                                            Board and therefore believes that there
                                                   each Federal banking agency to cause                                                                            Holding companies, Reporting and
                                                                                                            are no significant alternatives to the
                                                   banking institutions to achieve and                                                                             recordkeeping requirements, Securities,
                                                                                                            proposed rule that would reduce the
                                                   maintain adequate capital by                                                                                    Stress testing.
                                                                                                            economic impact on small banking
                                                   establishing minimum capital
                                                                                                            organizations supervised by the Board.                 Authority and Issuance
                                                   requirements as well as by other means
                                                   that the agency deems appropriate.58                        The Board welcomes comment on all                     For the reasons stated in the
                                                   The PCA provisions of the Federal                        aspects of its analysis. In particular, the            SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION,    the Board
                                                   Deposit Insurance Act direct each                        Board requests that commenters                         of Governors of the Federal Reserve
                                                   Federal banking agency to specify, for                   describe the nature of any impact on                   System proposes to amend 12 CFR
                                                   each relevant capital measure, the level                 small entities and provide empirical                   chapter II as follows:
                                                   at which an IDI subsidiary is well                       data to illustrate and support the extent
                                                   capitalized, adequately capitalized,                     of the impact.                                         PART 217—CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF
                                                   undercapitalized, and significantly                                                                             BANK HOLDING COMPANIES,
                                                   undercapitalized.59 In addition, the                     C. Solicitation of Comments of Use of                  SAVINGS AND LOAN HOLDING
                                                   Board has broad authority to establish                   Plain Language                                         COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER
                                                   regulatory capital standards for bank                                                                           BANKS (REGULATION Q)
                                                                                                               Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-
                                                   holding companies under the Bank                         Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106–102, 113 Stat.
                                                   Holding Company Act and the Dodd-                                                                               ■ 1. The authority citation for part 217
                                                                                                            1338, 1471, 12 U.S.C. 4809) requires the               continues to read as follows:
                                                   Frank Reform and Consumer Protection                     Federal banking agencies to use plain
                                                   Act (Dodd-Frank Act).60                                  language in all proposed and final rules                 Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321–338a,
                                                      The proposed rule would apply only                                                                           481–486, 1462a, 1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n,
                                                                                                            published after January 1, 2000. The                   1831o, 1831p–1, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851,
                                                   to bank holding companies with total
                                                                                                            Board has sought to present the                        3904, 3906–3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.
                                                   consolidated assets of $50 billion or
                                                                                                            proposed rule in a simple and
                                                   more, any nonbank financial company
                                                                                                            straightforward manner, and invites                    Subpart B—Capital Ratio
                                                   supervised by the Board that becomes
                                                                                                            comment on the use of plain language.                  Requirements and Buffers
                                                   subject to the capital planning
                                                   requirements pursuant to a rule or order                    For example:                                        ■ 2. Section 217.11 is revised to read as
                                                   of the Board, and to U.S. intermediate                      • Have we organized the material to                 follows:
                                                   holding companies established pursuant                   suit your needs? If not, how could the
                                                   to the Board’s Regulation YY. Currently,                 rule be more clearly stated?                           § 217.11 Capital conservation buffer,
                                                   all nonbank financial companies                                                                                 countercyclical capital buffer amount, and
                                                   supervised by the Board are not subject                     • Are the requirements in the rule                  GSIB surcharge.
                                                   to the capital planning requirements                     clearly stated? If not, how could the rule               (a) Capital conservation buffer—(1)
                                                   and all U.S. intermediate holding                        be more clearly stated?                                Composition of the capital conservation
                                                   companies established pursuant to                           • Do the regulations contain technical              buffer. The capital conservation buffer is
                                                   Regulation YY have greater than $1                       language or jargon that is not clear? If               composed solely of common equity tier
                                                   billion in total assets. The proposed rule               so, which language requires                            1 capital.
                                                   would not apply to any small entities.                   clarification?                                           (2) Definitions. For purposes of this
                                                   Further, the proposal would make                            • Would a different format (grouping                section, the following definitions apply:
                                                   changes to the projected reporting,                      and order of sections, use of headings,                   (i) Eligible retained income. The
                                                   recordkeeping, and other compliance                      paragraphing) make the regulation                      eligible retained income of a Board-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   requirements of the rule by proposing to                 easier to understand? If so, what                      regulated institution is the Board-
                                                   collect information from firms subject to                changes would make the regulation                      regulated institution’s net income,
                                                                                                            easier to understand?                                  calculated in accordance with the
                                                     56 12 U.S.C. 3901–3911.                                                                                       instructions to the Call Report or the FR
                                                     57 12 U.S.C. 1831o.                                       • Would more, but shorter, sections                 Y–9C, as applicable, for the four
                                                     58 12 U.S.C. 3907(a)(1).                               be better? If so, which sections should                calendar quarters preceding the current
                                                     59 12 U.S.C. 1831o(c)(2).
                                                                                                            be changed?                                            calendar quarter net of any distributions
                                                     60 See, e.g., sections 165 and 171 of the Dodd-

                                                   Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5365 and 12 U.S.C. 5371).              • What else could we do to make the                 and associated tax effects not already
                                                   Public Law 111–203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).               regulation easier to understand?                       reflected in net income.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001    PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                              18177

                                                     (ii) Maximum payout amount. A                         stress leverage buffer requirement is the              quarter that, in the aggregate, exceed its
                                                   Board-regulated institution’s maximum                   stress leverage buffer requirement                     maximum payout amount.
                                                   payout amount for the current calendar                  determined under 12 CFR 225.8.                            (ii) No limitations. A Board-regulated
                                                   quarter is equal to the Board-regulated                    (3) Calculation of capital conservation             institution that is not subject 12 CFR
                                                   institution’s eligible retained income,                 buffer. (i) A Board-regulated institution              225.8 and that has a capital
                                                   multiplied by its maximum payout                        that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has                conservation buffer that is greater than
                                                   ratio.                                                  a capital conservation buffer equal to                 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of its
                                                     (iii) Maximum payout ratio. The                       the lowest of the following ratios,                    applicable countercyclical capital buffer
                                                   maximum payout ratio is the percentage                  calculated as of the last day of the                   amount in accordance with paragraph
                                                   of eligible retained income that a Board-               previous calendar quarter:                             (b) of this section is not subject to a
                                                   regulated institution can pay out in the                   (A) The Board-regulated institution’s               maximum payout amount under
                                                   form of distributions and discretionary                 common equity tier 1 capital ratio                     paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
                                                   bonus payments during the current                       minus the Board-regulated institution’s                   (iii) Negative eligible retained income.
                                                   calendar quarter. For a Board-regulated                 minimum common equity tier 1 capital                   Except as provided in paragraph
                                                   institution that is not subject to 12 CFR               ratio requirement under § 217.10;                      (a)(4)(iv) of this section, a Board-
                                                   225.8, the maximum payout ratio is                         (B) The Board-regulated institution’s               regulated institution that is not subject
                                                   determined by the Board-regulated                       tier 1 capital ratio minus the Board-                  to 12 CFR 225.8 may not make
                                                   institution’s capital conservation buffer,              regulated institution’s minimum tier 1                 distributions or discretionary bonus
                                                   calculated as of the last day of the                    capital ratio requirement under                        payments during the current calendar
                                                   previous calendar quarter, as set forth in              § 217.10; and                                          quarter if the Board-regulated
                                                   Table 1 to this section. For a Board-                      (C) The Board-regulated institution’s               institution’s:
                                                   regulated institution that is subject to 12             total capital ratio minus the Board-                      (A) Eligible retained income is
                                                   CFR 225.8, the maximum payout ratio is                  regulated institution’s minimum total                  negative; and
                                                   determined under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of                capital ratio requirement under                           (B) Capital conservation buffer was
                                                   this section.                                           § 217.10; or                                           less than 2.5 percent as of the end of the
                                                     (iv) Private sector credit exposure.                     (ii) Notwithstanding paragraphs                     previous calendar quarter.
                                                   Private sector credit exposure means an                 (a)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section, if              (iv) Prior approval. Notwithstanding
                                                   exposure to a company or an individual                  the Board-regulated institution’s                      the limitations in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)
                                                   that is not an exposure to a sovereign,                 common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total                  through (iii) of this section, the Board
                                                   the Bank for International Settlements,                 capital ratio is less than or equal to the             may permit a Board-regulated
                                                   the European Central Bank, the                          Board-regulated institution’s minimum                  institution that is not subject to 12 CFR
                                                   European Commission, the International                  common equity tier 1, tier 1 or total                  225.8 to make a distribution or
                                                   Monetary Fund, a MDB, a PSE, or a                       capital ratio requirement under                        discretionary bonus payment upon a
                                                   GSE.                                                    § 217.10, respectively, the Board-                     request of the Board-regulated
                                                     (v) SLR buffer requirement. A bank                    regulated institution’s capital                        institution, if the Board determines that
                                                   holding company’s SLR buffer                            conservation buffer is zero.                           the distribution or discretionary bonus
                                                   requirement is 2.0 percent.                                (4) Limits on distributions and                     payment would not be contrary to the
                                                     (vi) Stress capital buffer requirement.               discretionary bonus payments—(i)                       purposes of this section, or to the safety
                                                   A bank holding company’s stress capital                 General limitation. A Board-regulated                  and soundness of the Board-regulated
                                                   buffer requirement is the stress capital                institution that is not subject 12 CFR                 institution. In making such a
                                                   buffer requirement determined under 12                  225.8 shall not make distributions or                  determination, the Board will consider
                                                   CFR 225.8.                                              discretionary bonus payments or create                 the nature and extent of the request and
                                                     (vii) Stress leverage buffer                          an obligation to make such distributions               the particular circumstances giving rise
                                                   requirement. A bank holding company’s                   or payments during the current calendar                to the request.

                                                                                         TABLE 1 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT AMOUNT
                                                                                                      Capital conservation buffer                                                     Maximum payout ratio

                                                   Greater than 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical capital               No payout ratio limitation
                                                     buffer amount.                                                                                                                  applies.
                                                   Less than or equal to 2.5 percent plus 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical              60 percent.
                                                     capital buffer amount, and greater than 1.875 percent plus 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s appli-
                                                     cable countercyclical capital buffer amount.
                                                   Less than or equal to 1.875 percent plus 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical             40 percent.
                                                     capital buffer amount, and greater than 1.25 percent plus 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applica-
                                                     ble countercyclical capital buffer amount.
                                                   Less than or equal to 1.25 percent plus 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical              20 percent.
                                                     capital buffer amount and greater than 0.625 percent plus 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s appli-
                                                     cable countercyclical capital buffer amount.
                                                   Less than or equal to 0.625 percent plus 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s applicable countercyclical             0 percent.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                     capital buffer amount.



                                                     (v) Other limitations on distributions.                 (b) Countercyclical capital buffer                   paragraph (b) for purposes of
                                                   Additional limitations on distributions                 amount—(1) General. An advanced                        determining its maximum payout ratio
                                                   may apply under 12 CFR 225.4 and                        approaches Board-regulated institution                 under Table 1 to this section and, if
                                                   263.202 to a Board-regulated institution                must calculate a countercyclical capital               applicable, Table 2 to this section.
                                                   that is not subject to 12 CFR 225.8.                    buffer amount in accordance with this



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18178                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                      (i) Extension of capital conservation                borrower, determined consistent with                   countercyclical capital buffer amount or
                                                   buffer. The countercyclical capital                     paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.               adjust it again before the expiration of
                                                   buffer amount is an extension of the                       (2) Countercyclical capital buffer                  the 12-month period.
                                                   capital conservation buffer as described                amount for credit exposures in the                        (3) Countercyclical capital buffer
                                                   in paragraph (a) or (c) of this section, as             United States—(i) Initial countercyclical              amount for foreign jurisdictions. The
                                                   applicable.                                             capital buffer amount with respect to                  Board will adjust the countercyclical
                                                      (ii) Amount. An advanced approaches                  credit exposures in the United States.                 capital buffer amount for private sector
                                                   Board-regulated institution has a                       The initial countercyclical capital buffer             credit exposures to reflect decisions
                                                   countercyclical capital buffer amount                   amount in the United States is zero.                   made by foreign jurisdictions consistent
                                                   determined by calculating the weighted                     (ii) Adjustment of the countercyclical              with due process requirements
                                                   average of the countercyclical capital                  capital buffer amount. The Board will                  described in paragraph (b)(2) of this
                                                   buffer amounts established for the                      adjust the countercyclical capital buffer              section.
                                                   national jurisdictions where the Board-                 amount for credit exposures in the                        (c) Calculation of buffers for Board-
                                                   regulated institution’s private sector                  United States in accordance with                       regulated institutions subject to 12 CFR
                                                   credit exposures are located, as                        applicable law.10                                      225.8—(1) Limits on distributions and
                                                   specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of                  (iii) Range of countercyclical capital              discretionary bonus payments. (i) A
                                                   this section.                                           buffer amount. The Board will adjust                   Board-regulated institution that is
                                                      (iii) Weighting. The weight assigned to              the countercyclical capital buffer                     subject to 12 CFR 225.8 shall not make
                                                   a jurisdiction’s countercyclical capital                amount for credit exposures in the                     distributions or discretionary bonus
                                                   buffer amount is calculated by dividing                 United States between zero percent and                 payments or create an obligation to
                                                   the total risk-weighted assets for the                  2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets.                   make such distributions or payments
                                                   Board-regulated institution’s private                      (iv) Adjustment determination. The                  during the current calendar quarter that,
                                                   sector credit exposures located in the                  Board will base its decision to adjust the             in the aggregate, exceed its maximum
                                                   jurisdiction by the total risk-weighted                 countercyclical capital buffer amount                  payout amount.
                                                                                                           under this section on a range of                          (ii) Maximum payout ratio. The
                                                   assets for all of the Board-regulated
                                                                                                           macroeconomic, financial, and                          maximum payout ratio of a Board-
                                                   institution’s private sector credit
                                                                                                           supervisory information indicating an                  regulated institution that is subject to 12
                                                   exposures. The methodology a Board-
                                                                                                           increase in systemic risk including, but               CFR 225.8 is the lowest of the following
                                                   regulated institution uses for
                                                                                                           not limited to, the ratio of credit to gross           ratios determined by its standardized
                                                   determining risk-weighted assets for
                                                                                                           domestic product, a variety of asset                   approach capital conservation buffer,
                                                   purposes of this paragraph (b) must be
                                                                                                           prices, other factors indicative of                    leverage buffer; if applicable, advanced
                                                   the methodology that determines its
                                                                                                           relative credit and liquidity expansion                approaches capital conservation buffer;
                                                   risk-based capital ratios under § 217.10.
                                                                                                           or contraction, funding spreads, credit                and, if applicable, SLR buffer; as set
                                                   Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
                                                                                                           condition surveys, indices based on                    forth in Table 2 to this section.
                                                   the risk-weighted asset amount for a                                                                              (iii) Capital conservation buffer
                                                   private sector credit exposure that is a                credit default swap spreads, options
                                                                                                           implied volatility, and measures of                    requirements. A Board-regulated
                                                   covered position under subpart F of this                                                                       institution that is subject to 12 CFR
                                                   part is its specific risk add-on as                     systemic risk.
                                                                                                              (v) Effective date of adjusted                      225.8 has:
                                                   determined under § 217.210 multiplied                                                                             (A) A standardized approach capital
                                                   by 12.5.                                                countercyclical capital buffer amount—
                                                                                                           (A) Increase adjustment. A                             conservation buffer requirement equal
                                                      (iv) Location. (A) Except as provided                                                                       to its stress capital buffer requirement
                                                   in paragraphs (b)(1)(iv)(B) and (C) of this             determination by the Board under
                                                                                                           paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section to                plus its applicable countercyclical
                                                   section, the location of a private sector                                                                      capital buffer amount in accordance
                                                   credit exposure is the national                         increase the countercyclical capital
                                                                                                           buffer amount will be effective 12                     with paragraph (b) of this section plus
                                                   jurisdiction where the borrower is                                                                             its applicable GSIB surcharge in
                                                   located (that is, where it is incorporated,             months from the date of announcement,
                                                                                                           unless the Board establishes an earlier                accordance with paragraph (d) of this
                                                   chartered, or similarly established or, if                                                                     section; and
                                                   the borrower is an individual, where the                effective date and includes a statement
                                                                                                           articulating the reasons for the earlier                  (B) If the Board-regulated institution
                                                   borrower resides).                                                                                             calculates risk-weighted assets under
                                                      (B) If, in accordance with subpart D or              effective date.
                                                                                                              (B) Decrease adjustment. A                          subpart E of this part, an advanced
                                                   E of this part, the Board-regulated                                                                            approaches capital conservation buffer
                                                                                                           determination by the Board to decrease
                                                   institution has assigned to a private                                                                          requirement equal to 2.5 percent plus
                                                                                                           the established countercyclical capital
                                                   sector credit exposure a risk weight                                                                           the Board-regulated institution’s
                                                                                                           buffer amount under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
                                                   associated with a protection provider on                                                                       countercyclical capital buffer amount in
                                                                                                           of this section will be effective on the
                                                   a guarantee or credit derivative, the                                                                          accordance with paragraph (b) of this
                                                                                                           day following announcement of the
                                                   location of the exposure is the national                                                                       section plus its applicable GSIB
                                                                                                           final determination or the earliest date
                                                   jurisdiction where the protection                                                                              surcharge in accordance with paragraph
                                                                                                           permissible under applicable law or
                                                   provider is located.                                                                                           (d) of this section.
                                                                                                           regulation, whichever is later.
                                                      (C) The location of a securitization                                                                           (iv) No maximum payout amount
                                                                                                              (vi) Twelve month sunset. The
                                                   exposure is the location of the                                                                                limitation. A Board-regulated institution
                                                                                                           countercyclical capital buffer amount
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   underlying exposures, or, if the                                                                               that is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is not
                                                                                                           will return to zero percent 12 months
                                                   underlying exposures are located in                                                                            subject to a maximum payout amount
                                                                                                           after the effective date that the adjusted
                                                   more than one national jurisdiction, the                                                                       under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section
                                                                                                           countercyclical capital buffer amount is
                                                   national jurisdiction where the                                                                                if it has:
                                                                                                           announced, unless the Board announces
                                                   underlying exposures with the largest                                                                             (A) A standardized approach capital
                                                                                                           a decision to maintain the adjusted
                                                   aggregate unpaid principal balance are                                                                         conservation buffer, calculated under
                                                   located. For purposes of this paragraph                   10 The Board expects that any adjustment will be     paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that is
                                                   (b), the location of an underlying                      based on a determination made jointly by the           greater than its standardized approach
                                                   exposure shall be the location of the                   Board, OCC, and FDIC.                                  capital conservation buffer requirement


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                                18179

                                                   calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A)                     may apply under 12 CFR 225.4, 225.8,                              (A) The ratio calculated by the Board-
                                                   of this section;                                              252.63, 252.165, and 263.202 to a Board-                       regulated institution under
                                                      (B) If applicable, an advanced                             regulated institution that is subject to 12                    § 217.10(c)(1)(ii) minus the Board-
                                                   approaches capital conservation buffer,                       CFR 225.8.                                                     regulated institution’s minimum
                                                   calculated under paragraph (c)(3) of this                        (2) Standardized approach capital                           common equity tier 1 capital ratio
                                                   section, that is greater than the Board-                      conservation buffer. (i) The                                   requirement under § 217.10(a);
                                                   regulated institution’s advanced                              standardized approach capital                                     (B) The ratio calculated by the Board-
                                                   approaches capital conservation buffer                        conservation buffer for Board-regulated                        regulated institution under
                                                   requirement calculated under paragraph                        institutions subject to 12 CFR 225.8 is                        § 217.10(c)(2)(ii) minus the Board-
                                                   (c)(1)(iii)(B) of this section; and                           composed solely of common equity tier                          regulated institution’s minimum tier 1
                                                      (C) A leverage buffer, calculated                          1 capital.                                                     capital ratio requirement under
                                                   under paragraph (c)(4) of this section,                          (ii) A Board-regulated institution that                     § 217.10(a); and
                                                   that is greater than its stress leverage                      is subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has a                                  (C) The ratio calculated by the Board-
                                                   buffer requirement calculated under                           standardized approach capital                                  regulated institution under
                                                   paragraph (a)(2)(vii) of this section; and                    conservation buffer that is equal to the                       § 217.10(c)(3)(ii) minus the Board-
                                                      (D) If applicable, a SLR buffer,                           lowest of the following ratios, calculated                     regulated institution’s minimum total
                                                   calculated under paragraph (c)(5) of this                     as of the last day of the previous                             capital ratio requirement under
                                                   section, that is greater than its SLR                         calendar quarter:                                              § 217.10(a).
                                                   buffer requirement as calculated under                           (A) The ratio calculated by the Board-                         (iii) Notwithstanding paragraphs
                                                   paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.                          regulated institution under                                    (c)(3)(ii) of this section, if any of the
                                                      (v) Negative eligible retained income.                     § 217.10(b)(1) or (c)(1)(i), as applicable,                    ratios calculated by the Board-regulated
                                                   Except as provided in paragraph                               minus the Board-regulated institution’s                        institution under § 217.10(c)(1)(ii),
                                                   (c)(1)(vi) of this section, a Board-                          minimum common equity tier 1 capital                           (c)(2)(ii), or (c)(3)(ii) is less than or equal
                                                   regulated institution that is subject to 12                   ratio requirement under § 217.10(a);                           to the Board-regulated institution’s
                                                   CFR 225.8 may not make distributions                             (B) The ratio calculated by the Board-                      minimum common equity tier 1 capital
                                                   or discretionary bonus payments during                        regulated institution under                                    ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital
                                                   the current calendar quarter if, as of the                    § 217.10(b)(2) or (c)(2)(i), as applicable,                    ratio requirement under § 217.10(a),
                                                   end of the previous calendar quarter, the                     minus the Board-regulated institution’s                        respectively, the Board-regulated
                                                   Board-regulated institution’s:                                minimum tier 1 capital ratio                                   institution’s advanced approaches
                                                      (A) Eligible retained income is                            requirement under § 217.10(a); and                             capital conservation buffer is zero.
                                                   negative; and                                                    (C) The ratio calculated by the Board-
                                                                                                                                                                                   (4) Leverage buffer. (i) The leverage
                                                      (B)(1) Standardized approach capital                       regulated institution under
                                                                                                                                                                                buffer is composed solely of tier 1
                                                   conservation buffer was less than its                         § 217.10(b)(3) or (c)(3)(i), as applicable,
                                                                                                                                                                                capital.
                                                   stress capital buffer requirement; or                         minus the Board-regulated institution’s
                                                      (2) If applicable, advanced approaches                     minimum total capital ratio requirement                           (ii) A Board-regulated institution has
                                                   capital conservation buffer was less than                     under § 217.10(a).                                             a leverage buffer that is equal to the
                                                   2.5 percent; or                                                  (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph                             Board-regulated institution’s leverage
                                                      (3) Leverage buffer was less than its                      (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if any of the                      ratio minus 4 percent, calculated as of
                                                   stress leverage buffer requirement; or                        ratios calculated by the Board-regulated                       the last day of the previous calendar
                                                      (4) If applicable, SLR buffer was less                     institution under § 217.10(b)(1), (2), or                      quarter.
                                                   than its SLR buffer requirement.                              (3), or if applicable § 217.10(c)(1)(i),                          (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph
                                                      (vi) Prior approval. Notwithstanding                       (c)(2)(i), or (c)(3)(i) is less than or equal                  (c)(4)(ii) of this section, if the Board-
                                                   the limitations in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)                       to the Board-regulated institution’s                           regulated institution’s leverage ratio is
                                                   through (v) of this section, the Board                        minimum common equity tier 1 capital                           less than or equal to 4 percent, the
                                                   may permit a Board-regulated                                  ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, or total capital                  Board-regulated institution’s leverage
                                                   institution that is subject to 12 CFR                         ratio requirement under § 217.10(a),                           buffer is zero.
                                                   225.8 to make a distribution or                               respectively, the Board-regulated                                 (5) SLR buffer. (i) The SLR buffer is
                                                   discretionary bonus payment upon a                            institution’s capital conservation buffer                      composed solely of tier 1 capital.
                                                   request of the Board-regulated                                is zero.                                                          (ii) A global systemically important
                                                   institution, if the Board determines that                        (3) Advanced approaches capital                             BHC has a SLR buffer that is equal to the
                                                   the distribution or discretionary bonus                       conservation buffer. (i) The advanced                          global systemically important BHC’s
                                                   payment would not be contrary to the                          approaches capital conservation buffer                         supplementary leverage ratio minus 3
                                                   purposes of this section, or to the safety                    is composed solely of common equity                            percent, calculated as of the last day of
                                                   and soundness of the Board-regulated                          tier 1 capital.                                                the previous calendar quarter.
                                                   institution. In making such a                                    (ii) A Board-regulated institution that                        (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph
                                                   determination, the Board will consider                        calculates risk-weighted assets under                          (c)(5)(ii) of this section, if the global
                                                   the nature and extent of the request and                      subpart E of this part has an advanced                         systemically important BHC’s
                                                   the particular circumstances giving rise                      approaches capital conservation buffer                         supplementary leverage ratio is less
                                                   to the request.                                               that is equal to the lowest of the                             than or equal to 3 percent, the global
                                                      (v) Other limitations on distributions.                    following ratios, calculated as of the last                    systemically important BHC’s SLR
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   Additional limitations on distributions                       day of the previous calendar quarter:                          buffer is zero.

                                                                                             TABLE 2 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT RATIO
                                                                                                                  Capital buffer 1                                                                              Payout ratio

                                                   Greater than the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement 2 ..............................................................................   No payout ratio limitation
                                                                                                                                                                                                          applies.




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014     20:24 Apr 24, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00021     Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM        25APP2


                                                   18180                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                                                TABLE 2 TO § 217.11—CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM PAYOUT RATIO—Continued
                                                                                                            Capital buffer 1                                                                      Payout ratio

                                                   Less than or equal to 100 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 75 per-                    60 percent.
                                                     cent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement.
                                                   Less than or equal to 75 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 50 per-                     40 percent.
                                                     cent of the bank holding company’s buffer requirement.
                                                   Less than or equal to 50 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement, and greater than 25 per-                     20 percent.
                                                     cent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement.
                                                   Less than or equal to 25 percent of the Board-regulated institution’s buffer requirement ...........................................   0 percent.
                                                       1ABoard-regulated institution’s ‘‘capital buffer’’ means each of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer, leverage
                                                   buffer, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer, and SLR buffer.
                                                     2 A Board-regulated institution’s ‘‘buffer requirement’’ means each of, as applicable, its standardized approach capital conservation buffer re-
                                                   quirement, stress leverage buffer requirement, advanced approaches capital conservation buffer requirement, and SLR buffer requirement.


                                                      (d) GSIB surcharge. A global                         companies. This section also establishes                 quarters, as reported on the FR Y–9C
                                                   systemically important BHC must use                     the Board’s process for determining the                  and effective on the as-of date of the
                                                   its GSIB surcharge calculated in                        stress buffer requirements for these bank                fourth consecutive FR Y–9C.
                                                   accordance with subpart H of this part                  holding companies.                                          (4) Reservation of authority. Nothing
                                                   for purposes of determining its                            (b) Scope and reservation of                          in this section shall limit the authority
                                                   maximum payout ratio under Table 2 to                   authority—(1) Applicability. Except as                   of the Federal Reserve to issue a capital
                                                   this section.                                           provided in paragraph (c) of this                        directive or take any other supervisory
                                                                                                           section, this section applies to:                        or enforcement action, including an
                                                   Subpart G—Transition Provisions                            (i) Any top-tier bank holding                         action to address unsafe or unsound
                                                                                                           company domiciled in the United States                   practices or conditions or violations of
                                                   ■ 3. In § 217.300, add paragraph (g) to
                                                                                                           with average total consolidated assets of                law.
                                                   read as follows:                                                                                                    (5) Rule of construction. Unless the
                                                                                                           $50 billion or more ($50 billion asset
                                                   § 217.300    Transitions.                               threshold);                                              context otherwise requires, any
                                                   *      *    *      *    *                                  (ii) Any other bank holding company                   reference to bank holding company in
                                                      (g) Implementation of stress capital                 domiciled in the United States that is                   this section shall include a U.S.
                                                   buffer requirement and stress leverage                  made subject to this section, in whole or                intermediate holding company and shall
                                                   buffer requirement. Notwithstanding                     in part, by order of the Board;                          include a nonbank financial company
                                                                                                              (iii) Any U.S. intermediate holding                   supervised by the Board to the extent
                                                   any other requirement in § 217.11,
                                                                                                           company subject to this section                          this section is made applicable pursuant
                                                   unless and until a Board-regulated
                                                                                                           pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153; and                          to a rule or order of the Board.
                                                   institution subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has
                                                                                                              (iv) Any nonbank financial company                       (6) Application of this section by
                                                   received a stress capital buffer
                                                                                                           supervised by the Board that is made                     order. The Board may apply this
                                                   requirement from the Board calculated
                                                                                                           subject to this section pursuant to a rule               section, in whole or in part, to a bank
                                                   pursuant to 12 CFR 225.8, for purposes
                                                                                                           or order of the Board.                                   holding company by order based on the
                                                   of § 217.11 its stress capital buffer                      (2) Average total consolidated assets.
                                                   requirement is equal to 2.5 percent; and,                                                                        institution’s size, level of complexity,
                                                                                                           For purposes of this section, average                    risk profile, scope of operations, or
                                                   unless a Board-regulated institution                    total consolidated assets means the
                                                   subject to 12 CFR 225.8 has received a                                                                           financial condition.
                                                                                                           average of the total consolidated assets                    (c) Transitional arrangements—(1)
                                                   stress leverage buffer requirement, for                 as reported by a bank holding company                    Transition periods for certain bank
                                                   purposes of § 217.11 its stress leverage                on its Consolidated Financial                            holding companies. (i) A bank holding
                                                   buffer requirement is zero.                             Statements for Bank Holding Companies                    company that meets the $50 billion
                                                   PART 225—BANK HOLDING                                   (FR Y–9C) for the four most recent                       asset threshold (as measured under
                                                   COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK                            consecutive quarters. If the bank                        paragraph (b) of this section) on or
                                                   CONTROL (REGULATION Y)                                  holding company has not filed the FR                     before September 30 of a calendar year
                                                                                                           Y–9C for each of the four most recent                    must comply with the requirements of
                                                   ■ 4. The authority citation for part 225                consecutive quarters, average total                      this section beginning on January 1 of
                                                   continues to read as follows:                           consolidated assets means the average of                 the next calendar year, unless that time
                                                     Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818,               the company’s total consolidated assets,                 is extended by the Board in writing.
                                                   1828(o), 1831i, 1831p–1, 1843(c)(8), 1844(b),           as reported on the company’s FR Y–9C,                       (ii) A bank holding company that
                                                   1972(1), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331–3351, 3906,             for the most recent quarter or                           meets the $50 billion asset threshold
                                                   3907, and 3909; 15 U.S.C. 1681s, 1681w,                 consecutive quarters, as applicable.                     after September 30 of a calendar year
                                                   6801 and 6805.                                          Average total consolidated assets are                    must comply with the requirements of
                                                                                                           measured on the as-of date of the most                   this section beginning on January 1 of
                                                   Subpart A—General Provisions                            recent FR Y–9C used in the calculation                   the second calendar year after the bank
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   ■ 5. Section 225.8 is revised to read as                of the average.                                          holding company meets the $50 billion
                                                   follows:                                                   (3) Ongoing applicability. A bank                     asset threshold, unless that time is
                                                                                                           holding company (including any                           extended by the Board in writing.
                                                   § 225.8 Capital planning and stress capital             successor bank holding company) that is                     (iii) The Board or the appropriate
                                                   and leverage buffer requirements.                       subject to any requirement in this                       Reserve Bank with the concurrence of
                                                     (a) Purpose. This section establishes                 section shall remain subject to such                     the Board, may require a bank holding
                                                   capital planning and prior notice and                   requirements unless and until its total                  company described in paragraph
                                                   approval requirements for capital                       consolidated assets fall below $50                       (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section to comply
                                                   distributions by certain bank holding                   billion for each of four consecutive                     with any or all of the requirements in


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM     25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                                    18181

                                                   paragraph (e)(1), (e)(3), (g), or (k) of this           this section will cease to apply to a bank             and guidelines used for capital
                                                   section if the Board or appropriate                     holding company that is a subsidiary of                planning, capital issuance, capital usage
                                                   Reserve Bank with concurrence of the                    a U.S. intermediate holding company,                   and distributions, including internal
                                                   Board, determines that the requirement                  unless otherwise determined by the                     capital goals; the quantitative or
                                                   is appropriate on a different date based                Board in writing.                                      qualitative guidelines for capital
                                                   on the company’s risk profile, scope of                    (d) Definitions. For purposes of this               distributions; the strategies for
                                                   operation, or financial condition and                   section, the following definitions apply:              addressing potential capital shortfalls;
                                                   provides prior notice to the company of                    (1) Additional tier 1 capital has the               and the internal governance procedures
                                                   the determination.                                      same meaning as under 12 CFR part                      around capital policy principles and
                                                      (2) Transition periods for subsidiaries              217.                                                   guidelines.
                                                   of certain foreign banking                                 (2) Advanced approaches means the                     (11) Common equity tier 1 capital has
                                                   organizations—(i) U.S. intermediate                     risk-weighted assets calculation                       the same meaning as under 12 CFR part
                                                   holding companies. (A) A U.S.                           methodologies at 12 CFR part 217,                      217.
                                                   intermediate holding company required                   subpart E, as applicable.                                (12) Effective capital distribution
                                                   to be established or designated pursuant                   (3) Average total nonbank assets                    limitations means any limitations on
                                                   to 12 CFR 252.153 on or before                          means the average of the total nonbank                 capital distributions established by the
                                                   September 30 of a calendar year must                    assets, calculated in accordance with                  Board by order or regulation, including
                                                   comply with the requirements of this                    the instructions to the FR Y–9LP, for the              pursuant to 12 CFR 217.11, 252.63,
                                                   section beginning on January 1 of the                   four most recent consecutive quarters                  252.165, and 263.202, provided that, for
                                                   next calendar year, unless that time is                 or, if the bank holding company has not                any limitations based on risk-weighted
                                                   extended by the Board in writing.                       filed the FR Y–9LP for each of the four                assets, such limitations must be
                                                      (B) A U.S. intermediate holding                      most recent consecutive quarters, for the              calculated using the standardized
                                                   company required to be established or                   most recent quarter or consecutive                     approach, as set forth in 12 CFR part
                                                   designated pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153                   quarters, as applicable.                               217, subpart D.1
                                                   after September 30 of a calendar year                      (4) BHC baseline scenario means a                     (13) Final planned capital
                                                   must comply with the requirements of                    scenario that reflects the bank holding                distributions means the planned capital
                                                   this section beginning on January 1 of                  company’s reasonable expectation of the                distributions included in a capital plan
                                                   the second calendar year after the U.S.                 economic and financial outlook,                        that include the adjustments made
                                                   intermediate holding company is                         including expectations related to the                  pursuant to paragraph (h) of this
                                                   required to be established, unless that                 bank holding company’s capital                         section, if any.
                                                   time is extended by the Board in                        adequacy and financial condition.                        (14) Global systemically important
                                                   writing.                                                   (5) BHC stress scenario means a                     BHC means a bank holding company
                                                      (C) The Board or the appropriate                     scenario designed by a bank holding                    identified as a global systemically
                                                   Reserve Bank with the concurrence of                    company that stresses the specific                     important BHC under 12 CFR 217.402.
                                                   the Board, may require a U.S.                           vulnerabilities of the bank holding                      (15) GSIB surcharge has the same
                                                   intermediate holding company                            company’s risk profile and operations,                 meaning as under 12 CFR 217.403.
                                                   described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) or (B)              including those related to the bank                      (16) Large and noncomplex bank
                                                   of this section to comply with any or all               holding company’s capital adequacy                     holding company means any bank
                                                   of the requirements in paragraph (e)(1),                and financial condition.                               holding company subject to this section
                                                   (e)(3), (g), or (k) of this section if the                 (6) Capital action means any issuance               that:
                                                   Board or appropriate Reserve Bank with                  of a debt or equity capital instrument,                  (i) Has, as of December 31 of the
                                                   concurrence of the Board, determines                    any capital distribution, and any similar              calendar year prior to the capital plan
                                                   that the requirement is appropriate on a                action that the Federal Reserve                        cycle:
                                                   different date based on the company’s                   determines could impact a bank holding                   (A) Average total consolidated assets
                                                   risk profile, scope of operation, or                    company’s consolidated capital.                        of less than $250 billion;
                                                   financial condition and provides prior                     (7) Capital distribution means a                      (B) Average total nonbank assets of
                                                   notice to the company of the                            redemption or repurchase of any debt or                less than $75 billion; and
                                                   determination.                                          equity capital instrument, a payment of                  (ii) Is not a bank holding company
                                                      (ii) Bank holding company                            common or preferred stock dividends, a                 that is identified as a global systemically
                                                   subsidiaries of U.S. intermediate                       payment that may be temporarily or                     important BHC pursuant to § 217.402.
                                                   holding companies required to be                        permanently suspended by the issuer on                   (17) Net distributions means, for each
                                                   established by July 1, 2016. (A)                        any instrument that is eligible for                    category of regulatory capital, the dollar
                                                   Notwithstanding any other requirement                   inclusion in the numerator of any                      amount of the bank holding company’s
                                                   in this section, a bank holding company                 minimum regulatory capital ratio, and                  capital distributions, net of the dollar
                                                   that is a subsidiary of a U.S.                          any similar transaction that the Federal               amount of its capital issuances.
                                                   intermediate holding company (or, with                  Reserve determines to be in substance a                  (18) Net final planned capital
                                                   the mutual consent of the company and                   distribution of capital.                               distributions means the dollar amount
                                                   Board, another bank holding company                        (8) Capital plan means a written                    of net distributions relating to the bank
                                                   domiciled in the United States) shall                   presentation of a bank holding                         holding company’s final planned capital
                                                   remain subject to paragraph (e) of this                 company’s capital planning strategies                  distributions.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   section until December 31, 2017, and                    and capital adequacy process that                        (19) Nonbank financial company
                                                   shall remain subject to the requirements                includes the mandatory elements set                    supervised by the Board means a
                                                   of paragraphs (g) and (k) of this section               forth in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.             company that the Financial Stability
                                                   until the Board issues an objection or                     (9) Capital plan cycle means the                    Oversight Council has determined
                                                   non-objection to the capital plan of the                period beginning on January 1 of a                     under section 113 of the Dodd-Frank
                                                   relevant U.S. intermediate holding                      calendar year and ending on December                   Wall Street Reform and Consumer
                                                   company.                                                31 of that year.
                                                      (B) After the time periods set forth in                 (10) Capital policy means a bank                      1 Effective capital distribution limitations should

                                                   paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section,                holding company’s written principles                   not include planned discretionary bonus payments.



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18182                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5323) shall be                   (2) Mandatory elements of capital                      (B) A discussion of how the bank
                                                   supervised by the Board and for which                   plan. A capital plan must contain at                   holding company will, under expected
                                                   such determination is still in effect.                  least the following elements:                          and stressful conditions, maintain
                                                      (20) Planning horizon means the                         (i) An assessment of the expected uses              sufficient capital to continue its
                                                   period of at least nine consecutive                     and sources of capital over the planning               operations by maintaining ready access
                                                   quarters, beginning with the quarter                    horizon that reflects the bank holding                 to funding, meeting its obligations to
                                                   preceding the quarter in which the bank                 company’s size, complexity, risk profile,              creditors and other counterparties, and
                                                   holding company submits its capital                     and scope of operations, assuming both                 continuing to serve as a credit
                                                   plan, over which the relevant                           expected and stressful conditions,                     intermediary;
                                                   projections extend.                                     including:                                                (iii) The bank holding company’s
                                                      (21) Regulatory capital ratio means a                   (A) Estimates of projected revenues,                capital policy; and
                                                   capital ratio for which the Board has                   losses, reserves, and pro forma capital                   (iv) A discussion of any expected
                                                   established minimum requirements for                    levels, including regulatory capital                   changes to the bank holding company’s
                                                   the bank holding company by regulation                  ratios, and any additional capital                     business plan that are likely to have a
                                                   or order, including, as applicable, the                 measures deemed relevant by the bank                   material impact on the bank holding
                                                   bank holding company’s regulatory                       holding company, over the planning                     company’s capital adequacy or
                                                   capital ratios calculated under 12 CFR                  horizon under a range of scenarios,                    liquidity.
                                                   part 217 and the deductions required                    including any scenarios provided by the                   (3) Data collection. Upon the request
                                                   under 12 CFR 248.12; except that the                    Federal Reserve, the BHC baseline                      of the Board or appropriate Reserve
                                                   bank holding company shall not use the                  scenario, and at least one BHC stress                  Bank, the bank holding company shall
                                                   advanced approaches to calculate its                    scenario;                                              provide the Federal Reserve with
                                                   regulatory capital ratios.                                 (B) A discussion of the results of any              information regarding:
                                                      (22) Stress buffer requirement means                 stress test required by law or regulation,                (i) The bank holding company’s
                                                   either the stress capital buffer                        and an explanation of how the capital                  financial condition, including its
                                                   requirement or the stress leverage buffer               plan takes these results into account;                 capital;
                                                   requirement.                                            and                                                       (ii) The bank holding company’s
                                                      (23) Stress capital buffer requirement                                                                      structure;
                                                                                                              (C) A description of all planned
                                                                                                                                                                     (iii) Amount and risk characteristics
                                                   means the amount calculated under                       capital actions over the planning
                                                                                                                                                                  of the bank holding company’s on- and
                                                   paragraph (f)(2) of this section.                       horizon that are consistent with
                                                                                                                                                                  off-balance sheet exposures, including
                                                      (24) Stress leverage buffer                          effective capital distribution limitations
                                                                                                                                                                  exposures within the bank holding
                                                   requirement means the amount                            and as may be adjusted pursuant to
                                                                                                                                                                  company’s trading account, other
                                                   calculated under paragraph (f)(3) of this               paragraph (h) of this section. In
                                                                                                                                                                  trading-related exposures (such as
                                                   section.                                                determining whether a bank holding
                                                                                                                                                                  counterparty-credit risk exposures) or
                                                      (25) Tier 1 capital has the same                     company’s planned capital distributions
                                                                                                                                                                  other items sensitive to changes in
                                                   meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.                       are consistent with effective capital
                                                                                                                                                                  market factors, including, as
                                                      (26) Tier 2 capital has the same                     distribution limitations, a bank holding
                                                                                                                                                                  appropriate, information about the
                                                   meaning as under 12 CFR part 217.                       company must assume:
                                                                                                                                                                  sensitivity of positions to changes in
                                                      (27) U.S. intermediate holding                          (1) That any countercyclical capital                market rates and prices;
                                                   company means the top-tier U.S.                         buffer amount currently applicable to                     (iv) The bank holding company’s
                                                   company that is required to be                          the bank holding company remains at                    relevant policies and procedures,
                                                   established pursuant to 12 CFR 252.153.                 the same level, except that the bank                   including risk management policies and
                                                      (e) Capital planning requirements and                holding company must reflect any                       procedures;
                                                   procedures—(1) Annual capital                           increases or decreases in the                             (v) The bank holding company’s
                                                   planning. (i) A bank holding company                    countercyclical capital buffer amount                  liquidity profile and management;
                                                   must develop and maintain a capital                     that have been announced by the Board                     (vi) The loss, revenue, and expense
                                                   plan.                                                   at the times indicated by the Board’s                  estimation models used by the bank
                                                      (ii) A bank holding company must                     announcement for when such increases                   holding company for stress scenario
                                                   submit its complete capital plan to the                 or decreases take effect; and                          analysis, including supporting
                                                   Board and the appropriate Reserve Bank                     (2) That any GSIB surcharge currently               documentation regarding each model’s
                                                   by April 5 of each calendar year, or such               applicable to the bank holding company                 development and validation; and
                                                   later date as directed by the Board or by               when the capital plan is submitted                        (vii) Any other relevant qualitative or
                                                   the appropriate Reserve Bank with                       remains at the same level, except that                 quantitative information requested by
                                                   concurrence of the Board.                               the bank holding company must reflect                  the Board or by the appropriate Reserve
                                                      (iii) The bank holding company’s                     any increase in its GSIB surcharge                     Bank to facilitate review of the bank
                                                   board of directors or a designated                      pursuant to 12 CFR 217.403(d)(1),                      holding company’s capital plan under
                                                   committee thereof must at least                         beginning in the fifth quarter of the                  this section.
                                                   annually and prior to submission of the                 planning horizon.                                         (4) Re-submission of a capital plan. (i)
                                                   capital plan under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of                 (ii) A detailed description of the bank             A bank holding company must update
                                                   this section:                                           holding company’s process for assessing                and re-submit its capital plan to the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                      (A) Review the robustness of the bank                capital adequacy, including:                           appropriate Reserve Bank within 30
                                                   holding company’s process for assessing                    (A) A discussion of how the bank                    calendar days of the occurrence of one
                                                   capital adequacy;                                       holding company will, under expected                   of the following events:
                                                      (B) Ensure that any deficiencies in the              and stressful conditions, maintain                        (A) The bank holding company
                                                   bank holding company’s process for                      capital commensurate with its risks,                   determines there has been or will be a
                                                   assessing capital adequacy are                          maintain capital above the regulatory                  material change in the bank holding
                                                   appropriately remedied; and                             capital ratios, and serve as a source of               company’s risk profile, financial
                                                      (C) Approve the bank holding                         strength to its subsidiary depository                  condition, or corporate structure since
                                                   company’s capital plan.                                 institutions;                                          the bank holding company last


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                          18183

                                                   submitted the capital plan to the Board                 requirements that apply under 12 CFR                   updated version of the severely adverse
                                                   and the appropriate Reserve Bank under                  217.11 pursuant to this paragraph (f).                 scenario.
                                                   this section; or                                           (2) Stress capital buffer requirement                  (g) Review of capital plans by the
                                                      (B) The Board or the appropriate                     calculation. A bank holding company’s                  Federal Reserve. The Board, or the
                                                   Reserve Bank with concurrence of the                    stress capital buffer requirement is equal             appropriate Reserve Bank with
                                                   Board, directs the bank holding                         to the greater of:                                     concurrence of the Board, will consider
                                                   company in writing to revise and                           (i)(A) The ratio of a bank holding                  the following factors in reviewing a
                                                   resubmit its capital plan for any of the                company’s common equity tier 1 risk-                   bank holding company’s capital plan:
                                                   following reasons:                                      based capital to risk-weighted assets, as                 (1) The comprehensiveness of the
                                                      (1) The capital plan is incomplete or                calculated under 12 CFR part 217,                      capital plan, including the extent to
                                                   the capital plan, or the bank holding                   subpart D, as of the final quarter of the              which the analysis underlying the
                                                   company’s internal capital adequacy                     previous capital plan cycle, unless                    capital plan captures and addresses
                                                   process, contains material weaknesses;                  otherwise determined by the Board;                     potential risks stemming from activities
                                                      (2) There has been, or will likely be,               minus                                                  across the bank holding company and
                                                   a material change in the bank holding                      (B) The lowest projected ratio of the               the bank holding company’s capital
                                                   company’s risk profile (including a                     bank holding company’s common                          policy;
                                                   material change in its business strategy                equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted                    (2) The reasonableness of the bank
                                                   or any risk exposure), financial                        assets in any quarter of the planning                  holding company’s capital plan, the
                                                   condition, or corporate structure;                      horizon under the supervisory stress test              assumptions and analysis underlying
                                                      (3) The BHC stress scenario(s) are not               described in paragraph (f)(4) of this                  the capital plan, and the robustness of
                                                   appropriate for the bank holding                        section; plus                                          its capital adequacy process;
                                                   company’s business model and                               (C) The sum of the ratios of the bank                  (3) Relevant supervisory information
                                                   portfolios, or changes in financial                     holding company’s planned common                       about the bank holding company and its
                                                   markets or the macro-economic outlook                   stock dividends (expressed as a dollar                 subsidiaries;
                                                                                                                                                                     (4) The bank holding company’s
                                                   that could have a material impact on a                  amount) to projected risk-weighted
                                                                                                                                                                  regulatory and financial reports, as well
                                                   bank holding company’s risk profile and                 assets for each of the fourth through
                                                                                                                                                                  as supporting data that would allow for
                                                   financial condition require the use of                  seventh quarters of the planning
                                                                                                                                                                  an analysis of the bank holding
                                                   updated scenarios; or                                   horizon; or
                                                                                                                                                                  company’s loss, revenue, and reserve
                                                      (4) For a bank holding company                          (ii) 2.5 percent.
                                                                                                                                                                  projections;
                                                   subject to paragraph (i) of this section,                  (3) Stress leverage buffer requirement                 (5) The results of any stress tests
                                                   the capital plan or the condition of the                calculation. A bank holding company’s                  conducted by the bank holding
                                                   bank holding company raise any of the                   stress leverage buffer requirement is                  company or the Federal Reserve; and
                                                   issues described in paragraph (i)(2) of                 equal to:                                                 (6) Other information requested or
                                                   this section.                                              (i) The ratio of a bank holding                     required by the Board or the appropriate
                                                      (ii) A bank holding company may                      company’s tier 1 capital to average total              Reserve Bank, as well as any other
                                                   resubmit its capital plan to the Federal                consolidated assets, as calculated under               information relevant, or related, to the
                                                   Reserve if the Board or the appropriate                 12 CFR part 217, subpart D, as of the                  bank holding company’s capital
                                                   Reserve Bank objects to the capital plan.               final quarter of the previous capital plan             adequacy.
                                                      (iii) The Board or the appropriate                   cycle, unless otherwise determined by                     (h) Federal Reserve notice of stress
                                                   Reserve Bank with concurrence of the                    the Board; minus                                       buffer requirements; final planned
                                                   Board, may extend the 30-day period in                     (ii) The lowest projected leverage ratio            capital distributions—(1) Timing of
                                                   paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section for up              for the bank holding company in any                    notice. The Board will provide a bank
                                                   to an additional 60 calendar days, or                   quarter during the planning horizon                    holding company with notice of its
                                                   such longer period as the Board or the                  under the supervisory stress test                      stress buffer requirements by June 30 of
                                                   appropriate Reserve Bank, with                          described in paragraph (f)(4) of this                  the calendar year in which the capital
                                                   concurrence of the Board, determines                    section; plus                                          plan was submitted pursuant to
                                                   appropriate.                                               (iii) The sum of the ratios of the bank             paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section,
                                                      (iv) Any updated capital plan must                   holding company’s planned common                       unless otherwise determined by the
                                                   satisfy all the requirements of this                    stock dividends (expressed as a dollar                 Board. The notice will include an
                                                   section; however, a bank holding                        amount) to the difference between                      explanation of the results of the
                                                   company may continue to rely on                         projected total consolidated assets and                supervisory stress test described in
                                                   information submitted as part of a                      amounts projected to be deducted from                  paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
                                                   previously submitted capital plan to the                tier 1 capital under 12 CFR 217.22(a),                    (2) Response to notice; request for
                                                   extent that the information remains                     (c), and (d) for each of the fourth                    reconsideration of stress capital buffer
                                                   accurate and appropriate.                               through seventh quarters of the                        requirement or stress leverage buffer
                                                      (5) Confidential treatment of                        planning horizon.                                      requirement. A bank holding company
                                                   information submitted. The                                 (4) Supervisory stress test. The                    may request reconsideration of the
                                                   confidentiality of information submitted                supervisory stress test is the stress test             stress buffer requirements provided
                                                   to the Board under this section and                     conducted by the Board pursuant to 12                  under paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   related materials shall be determined in                CFR part 252, subpart E, under the                     To request reconsideration of its stress
                                                   accordance with applicable exemptions                   severely adverse scenario using the                    buffer requirements, a bank holding
                                                   under the Freedom of Information Act                    assumptions regarding a bank holding                   company must submit to the Board a
                                                   (5 U.S.C. 552(b)) and the Board’s Rules                 company’s capital actions over the                     written request pursuant to paragraph (j)
                                                   Regarding Availability of Information                   planning horizon that are set forth in                 of this section.
                                                   (12 CFR part 261).                                      that section. For a capital plan                          (3) Response to notice; adjustments to
                                                      (f) Calculation methodologies and                    resubmitted pursuant to paragraph (e)(4)               planned capital distributions. Within
                                                   supervisory practices—(1) General. The                  of this section, the Board may conduct                 two business days of receipt of notice of
                                                   Board will determine the stress buffer                  the supervisory stress test using an                   its stress buffer requirements under


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18184                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   paragraph (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section,             this section, within 2 business days of                   (ii) For a capital plan resubmitted
                                                   as applicable, a bank holding company                   receipt of notice of the Board’s response              pursuant to paragraph (e)(4) of this
                                                   must:                                                   under paragraph (j)(5) of this section.                section, within 75 calendar days after
                                                      (i) Determine whether the capital                       (5) Final stress capital buffer                     the date on which a capital plan is
                                                   distributions for the fourth through                    requirement and stress leverage buffer                 resubmitted, unless the Board provides
                                                   seventh quarters of the planning horizon                requirement; effective date. (i) The                   notice to the bank holding company that
                                                   under the BHC baseline scenario                         Board will provide a bank holding                      it is extending the time period.
                                                   included in the capital plan submitted                  company with its stress buffer                            (2) Basis for objection to a capital
                                                   pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this                requirements and confirmation of the                   plan. The Board may object to a capital
                                                   section would be consistent with                        bank holding company’s final planned                   plan submitted by a bank holding
                                                   effective capital distribution limitations,             capital distributions by August 31 of the              company that is not a large and
                                                   assuming the stress buffer requirements                 calendar year that a capital plan was                  noncomplex bank holding company if
                                                   provided by the Board under paragraph                   submitted, unless otherwise determined                 the Board determines that:
                                                   (h)(1) or (j)(5) of this section, as                    by the Board. No stress buffer                            (i) The bank holding company has
                                                   applicable; and                                         requirements shall be considered final                 material unresolved supervisory issues,
                                                      (ii) If the capital distributions for the            so as to be agency action subject to                   including but not limited to issues
                                                   fourth through seventh quarters of the                  judicial review under 5 U.S.C. 704                     associated with its capital adequacy
                                                   planning horizon under the BHC                          during the pendency of a request for                   process;
                                                   baseline scenario included in the capital               reconsideration, pursuant to paragraph                    (ii) The assumptions and analysis
                                                   plan submitted pursuant to paragraph                    (j) of this section, or before the time for            underlying the bank holding company’s
                                                   (e)(1)(ii) of this section would not be                 requesting reconsideration has expired.                capital plan, or the bank holding
                                                   consistent with effective capital                                                                              company’s methodologies and practices
                                                                                                              (ii) A bank holding company’s final
                                                   distribution limitations assuming the                                                                          that support its capital planning
                                                                                                           planned capital distributions and stress
                                                   stress buffer requirements, the bank                                                                           process, are not reasonable or
                                                                                                           buffer requirements shall:
                                                   holding company must determine how                                                                             appropriate; or
                                                                                                              (A) Unless otherwise determined by                     (iii) The bank holding company’s
                                                   it would reduce its planned capital                     the Board, be effective on October 1 of
                                                   distributions such that those planned                                                                          capital planning process or proposed
                                                                                                           the calendar year in which a capital                   capital distributions otherwise
                                                   capital distributions would be
                                                                                                           plan was submitted pursuant to                         constitute an unsafe or unsound
                                                   consistent with effective capital
                                                                                                           paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and              practice, or would violate any law,
                                                   distribution limitations assuming the
                                                                                                              (B) Remain in effect until superseded,              regulation, Board order, directive, or
                                                   stress buffer requirements, and must
                                                                                                           unless otherwise determined by the                     condition imposed by, or written
                                                   notify the Board of these reductions; or
                                                      (iii) If the capital distributions for the           Board.                                                 agreement with, the Board or the
                                                   fourth through seventh quarters of the                     (6) Publication. With respect to any                appropriate Reserve Bank. In
                                                   planning horizon under the BHC                          bank holding company subject to this                   determining whether a capital plan or
                                                   baseline scenario included in the capital               section, the Board may disclose publicly               any proposed capital distribution would
                                                   plan submitted pursuant to paragraph                    any or all of the following items:                     constitute an unsafe or unsound
                                                   (e)(1)(ii) of this section would be                        (i) The stress buffer requirements                  practice, the Board or the appropriate
                                                   consistent with effective capital                       provided to a bank holding company                     Reserve Bank would consider whether
                                                   distribution limitations assuming the                   under paragraph (h)(1) of this section                 the bank holding company is and would
                                                   stress buffer requirements, the bank                    that includes the adjustments made                     remain in sound financial condition
                                                   holding company may determine to                        under paragraph (h)(3) also of this                    after giving effect to the capital plan and
                                                   adjust its planned capital distributions,               section, if any;                                       all proposed capital distributions.
                                                   provided that the adjusted planned                         (ii) A summary of the results of the                   (3) Notification of decision. The Board
                                                   capital distributions do not exceed the                 supervisory stress test described in                   or the appropriate Reserve Bank will
                                                   amount included in the capital plan                     paragraph (f)(4) of this section; and                  notify the bank holding company in
                                                   submitted pursuant to paragraph                            (iii) A bank holding company’s                      writing of the reasons for a decision to
                                                   (e)(1)(ii) of this section, and, if any                 request for reconsideration under                      object to a capital plan.
                                                   adjustments are made, must notify the                   paragraph (j) of this section, and the                    (4) General distribution limitation. If
                                                   Board of these adjustments.                             Board’s response to any such request for               the Board or the appropriate Reserve
                                                      (4) Response to notice; final planned                reconsideration or a summary thereof.                  Bank objects to a capital plan and until
                                                   capital distributions. (i) If a bank                       (i) Federal Reserve action on a capital             such time as the Board or the
                                                   holding company does not request                        plan for bank holding companies that                   appropriate Reserve Bank with
                                                   reconsideration under paragraph (j) of                  are not large and noncomplex bank                      concurrence of the Board, issues a non-
                                                   this section, the Board will consider the               holding companies—(1) Timing of                        objection to the bank holding company’s
                                                   planned capital distributions, including                action. The Board or the appropriate                   capital plan, the bank holding company
                                                   any adjustments made pursuant to                        Reserve Bank with concurrence of the                   may not make any capital distribution,
                                                   paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to be the             Board, will object, in whole or in part,               other than capital distributions arising
                                                   bank holding company’s final planned                    to the capital plan of a bank holding                  from the issuance of a capital
                                                   capital distributions on the expiration of              company that is not a large and                        instrument eligible for inclusion in the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   the time for requesting reconsideration                 noncomplex bank holding company or                     numerator of a regulatory capital ratio or
                                                   under paragraph (j) of this section.                    provide the bank holding company with                  capital distributions with respect to
                                                      (ii) If a bank holding company                       a notice of non-objection to its capital               which the Board or the appropriate
                                                   requests reconsideration under                          plan:                                                  Reserve Bank has indicated in writing
                                                   paragraph (j) of this section, the bank                    (i) Unless otherwise determined by                  its non-objection.
                                                   holding company must provide the                        the Board, by June 30 of the calendar                     (5) Publication of summary results.
                                                   Board with its final planned capital                    year in which a capital plan was                       The Board may disclose publicly its
                                                   distributions, including any adjustments                submitted pursuant to paragraph                        decision to object or not object to a bank
                                                   made pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) of                    (e)(1)(ii) of this section; and                        holding company’s capital plan under


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                           18185

                                                   this section, along with a summary of                   company of its decision to affirm or                      (iii) Except as provided in paragraph
                                                   the results of the supervisory stress test              withdraw the objection to the bank                     (k)(2) of this section, the dollar amount
                                                   described in paragraph (f)(4) of this                   holding company’s capital plan, or a                   of the capital distribution will exceed
                                                   section for that company. Any                           specific capital distribution, provided                the dollar amount of the bank holding
                                                   disclosure under this paragraph (i)(5)                  that the Board may extend this period                  company’s final planned capital
                                                   will occur by June 30 of the calendar                   upon notice to the bank holding                        distributions, as measured on an
                                                   year in which a capital plan was                        company.                                               aggregate basis beginning in the fourth
                                                   submitted pursuant to paragraph                            (ii) Within 30 calendar days of receipt             quarter of the planning horizon through
                                                   (e)(1)(ii) of this section, unless                      of the bank holding company’s request                  the quarter at issue; or
                                                   otherwise determined by the Board.                      for reconsideration of its stress buffer                  (iv) The capital distribution would
                                                      (j) Administrative Remedies; request                 requirement submitted under paragraph                  occur after the occurrence of an event
                                                   for reconsideration. The following                      (j) of this section or within 30 days of               requiring resubmission under paragraph
                                                   requirements and procedures apply to                    the conclusion of an informal hearing                  (e)(4)(i)(A) or (B) of this section and
                                                   any request under this paragraph (j):                   conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of this               before the Federal Reserve has
                                                      (1) General. To request                              section, the Board will notify the                     responded or acted under paragraphs (h)
                                                   reconsideration of an objection to a                    company of its decision to affirm or                   and (i) of this section, as applicable.
                                                   capital plan, provided under paragraph                  modify, as applicable, the bank holding                   (2) Exception for well capitalized
                                                   (i) of this section, or of a stress buffer              company’s stress buffer requirement,                   bank holding companies. (i) A bank
                                                   requirement, provided under paragraph                   provided that the Board may extend this                holding company may make a capital
                                                   (h) of this section, a bank holding                     period upon notice to the bank holding                 distribution for which the dollar amount
                                                   company must submit a written request                   company.                                               exceeds the dollar amount of the bank
                                                   for reconsideration.                                       (6) Distributions during the pendency               holding company’s final planned capital
                                                      (2) Timing of request. (i) A request for             of a request for reconsideration. During               distributions if the following conditions
                                                   reconsideration of an objection to a                    the pendency of the Board’s final                      are satisfied:
                                                   capital plan, provided under paragraph                  decision under paragraph (j)(5) of this
                                                                                                                                                                     (A) The bank holding company is, and
                                                   (i) of this section, must be received                   section, the bank holding company may
                                                                                                                                                                  after the capital distribution would
                                                   within 15 calendar days of receipt of a                 make the capital distributions to which
                                                                                                                                                                  remain, well capitalized as defined in
                                                   notice of objection to a capital plan.                  the Board or the appropriate Reserve
                                                                                                                                                                  § 225.2(r);
                                                      (ii) A request for reconsideration of a              Bank indicated its non-objection, except
                                                                                                                                                                     (B) The bank holding company’s
                                                   stress buffer requirement, provided                     that, if the Board or the appropriate
                                                                                                           Reserve Bank has not yet indicated its                 performance and capital levels are, and
                                                   under paragraph (h) of this section,
                                                                                                           non-objection for a quarter during                     after the capital distribution would
                                                   must be received within 15 calendar
                                                                                                           which a decision under paragraph (j)(5)                remain, consistent with its projections
                                                   days of receipt of a notice of bank
                                                                                                           of this section is pending, the bank                   under the BHC baseline scenario;
                                                   holding company’s stress buffer
                                                                                                           holding company is authorized to make                     (C) The annual aggregate dollar
                                                   requirement.
                                                      (3) Contents of request. (i) A request               capital distributions that do not to                   amount of all capital distributions in the
                                                   for reconsideration must include a                      exceed the four-quarter average of                     period beginning on July 1 of a calendar
                                                   detailed explanation of why                             capital distributions to which the Board               year and ending on June 30 of the
                                                   reconsideration should be granted. With                 or the appropriate Reserve Bank                        following calendar year would not
                                                   respect to any information that was not                 indicated its non-objection for the                    exceed the total dollar amounts of the
                                                   previously provided to the Federal                      previous capital plan cycle, unless                    bank holding company’s final planned
                                                   Reserve in the bank holding company’s                   otherwise determined by the Board.                     capital distributions by more than 0.25
                                                   capital plan, the request should include                   (k) Approval requirements for certain               percent multiplied by the bank holding
                                                   an explanation of why the information                   capital actions—(1) Circumstances                      company’s tier 1 capital, as reported to
                                                   should be considered.                                   requiring approval. A bank holding                     the Federal Reserve on the bank holding
                                                      (ii) A request for reconsideration may               company may not make a capital                         company’s most recent first-quarter FR
                                                   include a request for an informal                       distribution (excluding any capital                    Y–9C;
                                                   hearing on the bank holding company’s                   distribution arising from the issuance of                 (D) Between July 1 of a calendar year
                                                   request for reconsideration.                            a capital instrument eligible for                      and March 15 of the following calendar
                                                      (4) Hearing. (i) The Board may, in its               inclusion in the numerator of a                        year, the bank holding company
                                                   sole discretion, order an informal                      regulatory capital ratio) under the                    provides the appropriate Reserve Bank
                                                   hearing if the Board finds that a hearing               following circumstances, unless it                     with notice 15 calendar days prior to a
                                                   is appropriate or necessary to resolve                  receives prior approval from the Board                 capital distribution that includes the
                                                   disputes regarding material issues of                   or appropriate Reserve Bank pursuant to                elements described in paragraph (k)(4)
                                                   fact.                                                   paragraph (k)(5) of this section:                      of this section; and
                                                      (ii) An informal hearing shall be held                  (i) After giving effect to the capital                 (E) The Board or the appropriate
                                                   within 30 calendar days of a request, if                distribution, the bank holding company                 Reserve Bank with concurrence of the
                                                   granted, provided that the Board may                    would not meet a minimum regulatory                    Board, does not object to the transaction
                                                   extend this period upon notice to the                   capital ratio;                                         proposed in the notice. In determining
                                                   requesting party.                                          (ii) The Board or the appropriate                   whether to object to the proposed
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                      (5) Response to request. (i) Within 30               Reserve Bank with concurrence of the                   transaction, the Board or the appropriate
                                                   calendar days of receipt of the bank                    Board, notifies the company in writing                 Reserve Bank shall apply the criteria
                                                   holding company’s request for                           that the Federal Reserve has determined                described in paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this
                                                   reconsideration of an objection to a                    that the capital distribution would                    section.
                                                   capital plan submitted under paragraph                  result in a material adverse change to                    (ii) The exception in this paragraph
                                                   (j) of this section or within 30 days of                the company’s capital or liquidity                     (k)(2) shall not apply if the Board or the
                                                   the conclusion of an informal hearing                   structure or that the company’s earnings               appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the
                                                   conducted under paragraph (j)(4) of this                were materially underperforming                        bank holding company in writing that it
                                                   section, the Board will notify the                      projections;                                           is ineligible for this exception.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18186                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                      (3) Net distribution limitation—(i)                  paragraph (k)(5) of this section,                         (4) Contents of request. (i) A request
                                                   General. Notwithstanding a bank                         following a request for prior approval                 for a capital distribution under this
                                                   holding company’s final planned capital                 from the bank holding company that                     section shall be filed between July 1 of
                                                   distributions, the bank holding                         includes all of the information required               a calendar year and March 1 of the
                                                   company must reduce its capital                         to be submitted under paragraph (k)(4)                 following calendar year with the
                                                   distributions in accordance with                        of this section;                                       appropriate Reserve Bank and the Board
                                                   paragraph (k)(3)(ii) of this section if the                (B) To capital distributions arising                and shall contain the following
                                                   bank holding company raises a smaller                   from the issuance of a capital                         information:
                                                   dollar amount of capital of a given                     instrument eligible for inclusion in the                  (A) The bank holding company’s
                                                   category of regulatory capital                          numerator of a regulatory capital ratio                current capital plan or an attestation
                                                   instruments than it had included in its                 that the bank holding company had not                  that there have been no changes to the
                                                   capital plan, as measured on an                         included in its capital plan;                          capital plan since it was last submitted
                                                   aggregate basis beginning in the fourth                    (C) To the extent that the bank                     to the Federal Reserve;
                                                   quarter of the planning horizon through                 holding company raised a smaller dollar                   (B) The purpose of the transaction;
                                                   the end of the current quarter.                         amount of capital in the category of                      (C) A description of the capital
                                                      (ii) Reduction of distributions—(A)                  regulatory capital instruments described               distribution, including for redemptions
                                                   Common equity tier 1 capital. If the                    in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due             or repurchases of securities, the gross
                                                   bank holding company raises a smaller                   to employee-directed capital issuances                 consideration to be paid and the terms
                                                   dollar amount of common equity tier 1                   related to an employee stock ownership                 and sources of funding for the
                                                   capital, the bank holding company must                  plan;                                                  transaction, and for dividends, the
                                                   reduce its final planned capital                           (D) To the extent that the bank                     amount of the dividend(s); and
                                                   distributions relating to common equity                 holding company raised a smaller dollar                   (D) Any additional information
                                                   tier 1 capital such that net distributions              amount of capital in the category of                   requested by the Board or the
                                                   relating to common equity tier 1 capital                regulatory capital instruments described               appropriate Reserve Bank (which may
                                                   are no greater than net final planned                   in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section due             include, among other things, an
                                                   capital distributions of common equity                  to a planned merger or acquisition that                assessment of the bank holding
                                                   tier 1 capital, as measured on an                       is no longer expected to be                            company’s capital adequacy under a
                                                   aggregate basis beginning in the fourth                                                                        revised stress scenario provided by the
                                                                                                           consummated or for which the
                                                   quarter of the planning horizon through
                                                                                                           consideration paid is lower than the                   Federal Reserve, a revised capital plan,
                                                   the end of the current quarter.
                                                                                                           projected price in the capital plan; or                and supporting data).
                                                      (B) Additional tier 1 capital. If the
                                                   bank holding company raises a smaller                      (E) To the extent that the dollar                      (ii) Any request submitted with
                                                   dollar amount of additional tier 1                      amount by which the bank holding                       respect to a capital distribution
                                                   capital, the bank holding company must                  company’s net distributions exceed the                 described in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this
                                                   reduce its final planned capital                        dollar amount of its net final planned                 section shall also include a plan for
                                                   distributions relating to additional tier 1             capital distributions in the category of               restoring the bank holding company’s
                                                   capital (other than scheduled payments                  regulatory capital instruments described               capital to an amount above a minimum
                                                   on additional tier 1 capital instruments)               in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section, as             level within 30 calendar days and a
                                                   such that the dollar amount of the bank                 measured on an aggregate basis                         rationale for why the capital
                                                   holding company’s net distributions                     beginning in the fourth quarter of the                 distribution would be appropriate.
                                                   relating to additional tier 1 capital is no             planning horizon through the end of the                   (5) Approval of certain capital
                                                   greater than the dollar amount of its net               current quarter, is less than 0.25 percent             distributions. (i) The Board or the
                                                   final planned capital distributions                     of the bank holding company’s tier 1                   appropriate Reserve Bank with
                                                   relating to additional tier 1 capital, as               capital, as reported to the Federal                    concurrence of the Board, will act on a
                                                   measured on an aggregate basis                          Reserve on the bank holding company’s                  request under this paragraph (k)(5)
                                                   beginning in the fourth quarter of the                  most recent first-quarter FR Y–9C;                     within 30 calendar days after the receipt
                                                   planning horizon through the end of the                 between July 1 of a calendar year and                  of all the information required under
                                                   current quarter.                                        March 15 of the following calendar year,               paragraph (k)(4) of this section.
                                                      (C) Tier 2 capital. If the bank holding              the bank holding company provides the                     (ii) In acting on a request under this
                                                   company raises a smaller dollar amount                  appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15                paragraph (k)(5), the Board or
                                                   of tier 2 capital, the bank holding                     calendar days prior to any capital                     appropriate Reserve Bank will apply the
                                                   company must reduce its final planned                   distribution in that category of                       considerations and principles in
                                                   capital distributions relating to tier 2                regulatory capital instruments that                    paragraphs (g) and (i) of this section, as
                                                   capital (other than scheduled payments                  includes the elements described in                     appropriate. In addition, the Board or
                                                   on tier 2 capital instruments) such that                paragraph (k)(4) of this section; and the              the appropriate Reserve Bank may
                                                   the dollar amount of the bank holding                   Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank                  disapprove the transaction if the bank
                                                   company’s net distributions relating to                 with concurrence of the Board, does not                holding company does not provide all of
                                                   tier 2 capital is no greater than the                   object to the transaction proposed in the              the information required to be
                                                   dollar amount of its net final planned                  notice. In determining whether to object               submitted under paragraph (k)(4) of this
                                                   capital distributions relating to tier 2                to the proposed transaction, the Board                 section.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   capital, as measured on an aggregate                    or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall                     (6) Disapproval and hearing. (i) The
                                                   basis beginning in the fourth quarter of                apply the criteria described in                        Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank
                                                   the planning horizon through the end of                 paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section.                  will notify the bank holding company in
                                                   the current quarter.                                       (iv) Exclusion from exceptions. The                 writing of the reasons for a decision to
                                                      (iii) Exceptions. Paragraphs (k)(3)(i)               exceptions in paragraph (k)(3)(iii) of this            disapprove any proposed capital
                                                   and (ii) of this section shall not apply:               section shall not apply if the Board or                distribution. Within 15 calendar days
                                                      (A) To the extent that the Board or                  the appropriate Reserve Bank notifies                  after receipt of a disapproval by the
                                                   appropriate Reserve Bank indicates in                   the bank holding company in writing                    Board, the bank holding company may
                                                   writing its approval pursuant to                        that it is ineligible for this exception.              submit a written request for a hearing.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules                                              18187

                                                     (A) The Board may, in its sole                          (2) The covered company will make                    capital instrument that is eligible for
                                                   discretion, order an informal hearing if                payments on instruments that qualify as                inclusion in the numerator of a
                                                   the Board finds that a hearing is                       additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital            regulatory capital ratio; and
                                                   appropriate or necessary to resolve                     equal to the stated dividend, interest, or               (4) The covered company will not
                                                   disputes regarding material issues of                   principal due on such instrument;                      make any issuances of common stock or
                                                   fact.                                                     (3) The covered company will not                     preferred stock, except for issuances in
                                                     (B) An informal hearing shall be held                 make a redemption or repurchase of any                 connection with a planned merger or
                                                   within 30 calendar days of a request, if                capital instrument that is eligible for                acquisition to the extent that the merger
                                                   granted, provided that the Board may                    inclusion in the numerator of a                        or acquisition is reflected in the covered
                                                   extend this period upon notice to the                   regulatory capital ratio; and                          company’s pro forma balance sheet
                                                   requesting party.                                         (4) The covered company will not                     estimates.
                                                     (C) Written notice of the final decision              make any issuances of common stock or                  *     *     *     *     *
                                                   of the Board shall be given to the bank                 preferred stock, except for issuances in               ■ 10. Amend appendix B to part 252, as
                                                   holding company within 60 calendar                      connection with a planned merger or                    proposed to be added at 82 FR 59528,
                                                   days of the conclusion of any informal                  acquisition to the extent that the merger              by revising section 2.7 and adding
                                                   hearing ordered by the Board, provided                  or acquisition is reflected in the covered             section 3.4 to read as follows:
                                                   that the Board may extend this period                   company’s pro forma balance sheet
                                                   upon notice to the requesting party.                    estimates.                                             Appendix B to Part 252—Stress Testing
                                                     (D) While the Board’s final decision is                                                                      Policy Statement
                                                   pending and until such time as the                      Subpart F—Company-Run Stress Test                      *       *    *    *      *
                                                   Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank                   Requirements for U.S. Bank Holding
                                                                                                           Companies With $50 Billion or More in                  2.7. Credit Supply Maintenance
                                                   with concurrence of the Board, approves
                                                                                                           Total Consolidated Assets and                             The supervisory stress test incorporates an
                                                   the capital distribution at issue, the
                                                                                                           Nonbank Financial Companies                            assumption that restricts the contraction of
                                                   bank holding company may not make                                                                              aggregate credit supply during the stress
                                                   such capital distribution.                              Supervised by the Board
                                                                                                                                                                  period. The aim of supervisory stress testing
                                                     (ii) [Reserved]                                       ■ 8. Section 252.54 is amended by                      is to assess whether firms are sufficiently
                                                     (l) Transition for certain planned                    revising paragraph (b)(2)(i) introductory              capitalized to absorb losses during times of
                                                   capital actions. For the period July 1 to               text to read as follows:                               economic stress, while meeting obligations
                                                   September 30, 2019, a bank holding                                                                             and continuing to lend to households and
                                                   company is authorized to make capital                   § 252.54    Annual stress test.                        businesses. While an individual firm may
                                                   distributions that do not exceed the                                                                           assume that it reacts to rising losses by
                                                                                                           *      *     *    *     *
                                                                                                                                                                  sharply restricting its lending, (e.g., by
                                                   four-quarter average of capital                            (b) * * *
                                                                                                                                                                  exiting a particular business line), the
                                                   distributions to which the Board or the                    (2) * * *                                           banking industry as a whole cannot do so
                                                   appropriate Reserve Bank indicated its                     (i) The Board may require a covered                 without creating a ‘‘credit crunch’’ and
                                                   non-objection for the previous capital                  company with significant trading                       substantially increasing the severity and
                                                   plan cycle, unless otherwise determined                 activity (a covered company that has                   duration of an economic downturn. Ensuring
                                                   by the Board.                                           aggregate trading assets and liabilities of            that covered companies cannot assume they
                                                                                                           $50 billion or more, or aggregate trading              will ‘‘shrink to health,’’ serves the Federal
                                                   PART 252—ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL                            assets and liabilities equal to 10 percent             Reserve’s goal of helping to ensure that major
                                                   STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)                               or more of total consolidated assets, and              financial firms remain sufficiently
                                                                                                           is not a large and noncomplex bank                     capitalized to accommodate credit demand in
                                                   ■ 6. The authority citation for part 252                holding company, as defined in 12 CFR
                                                                                                                                                                  a severe downturn.
                                                   continues to read as follows:                                                                                     Accordingly, in projecting a firm’s balance
                                                                                                           225.8) to include a trading and                        sheet, the Federal Reserve will assume that
                                                     Authority: 12 U.S.C. 321–338a, 481–486,               counterparty component in its adverse                  the firm takes actions to maintain a constant
                                                   1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p–l,               and severely adverse scenarios in the                  level of assets, including loans, trading
                                                   1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1844(c), 3101 et seq.,            stress test required by this section:                  assets, and securities over the planning
                                                   3101 note, 3904, 3906–3909, 4808, 5361,                                                                        horizon. In order to implement this policy,
                                                   5362, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368, 5371.                     *      *     *    *     *
                                                                                                           ■ 9. Section 252.56 is amended by                      the Federal Reserve must make assumptions
                                                                                                           revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:             about new loan balances. To predict losses
                                                   Subpart E—Supervisory Stress Test                                                                              on new originations over the planning
                                                   Requirements for U.S. Bank Holding                      § 252.56    Methodologies and practices.               horizon, newly originated loans are assumed
                                                   Companies With $50 Billion or More in                                                                          to have the same risk characteristics as the
                                                   Total Consolidated Assets and                           *     *     *     *    *
                                                                                                                                                                  existing portfolio, where applicable, with the
                                                                                                             (b) Assumptions regarding capital
                                                   Nonbank Financial Companies                                                                                    exception of loan age and delinquency status.
                                                                                                           actions. In conducting a stress test                   These newly originated loans would be part
                                                   Supervised by the Board
                                                                                                           under §§ 252.54 and 252.55, a covered                  of a covered company’s normal business,
                                                   ■ 7. Section 252.44 is amended by                       company is required to make the                        even in a stressed economic environment. By
                                                   adding paragraph (c) to read as follows:                following assumptions regarding its                    precluding the need to make assumptions
                                                                                                           capital actions over the planning                      about how underwriting standards might
                                                   § 252.44   Annual analysis conducted by the             horizon:                                               tighten or loosen during times of economic
                                                   Board.                                                    (1) The covered company will not pay                 stress, the Federal Reserve adheres to
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                   *      *     *    *     *                               any dividends on any instruments that                  Principle 1.3 and promotes consistency
                                                      (c) Assumptions. In conducting a                     qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;               across covered companies. Similar to the
                                                   stress test under this section, the Board                 (2) The covered company will make                    Board’s current methodology, balance sheet
                                                                                                                                                                  projections would reflect the impact of a
                                                   will make the following assumptions                     payments on instruments that qualify as                planned merger or acquisition, or completed
                                                   regarding a covered company’s capital                   additional tier 1 capital or tier 2 capital            or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
                                                   actions over the planning horizon:                      equal to the stated dividend, interest, or                In projecting the denominator for the
                                                      (1) The covered company will not pay                 principal due on such instrument;                      calculation of the leverage ratio, the Federal
                                                   any dividends on any instruments that                     (3) The covered company will not                     Reserve will account for the effect of changes
                                                   qualify as common equity tier 1 capital;                make a redemption or repurchase of any                 associated with the calculation of regulatory



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2


                                                   18188                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 80 / Wednesday, April 25, 2018 / Proposed Rules

                                                   capital or changes to the Board’s regulations.          remain unchanged over the planning                     the Board’s regulations in the calculation of
                                                   As with the Board’s current methodology,                horizon. This assumption allows the Federal            risk-weighted assets. As with the Board’s
                                                   leverage ratio denominator projections would            Reserve to independently project firms’ risk-          current methodology, risk-weighted asset
                                                   reflect the impact of a planned merger or               weighted assets in line with the goal of               projections would reflect the impact of a
                                                   acquisition, or completed or contractually              simplicity (Principle 1.4). In addition, this          planned merger or acquisition, or completed
                                                   agreed-on divestiture.                                  approach is forward-looking (Principle 1.2),           or contractually agreed-on divestiture.
                                                   *      *     *       *      *                           as this assumption removes reliance on                    By order of the Board of Governors of the
                                                                                                           historical data and past outcomes from the             Federal Reserve System, April 10, 2018.
                                                   3.4. Simple Approach for Projecting Risk-               projection of risk-weighted assets.                    Ann Misback,
                                                   Weighted Assets                                            In projecting a firm’s risk-weighted assets,        Secretary of the Board.
                                                     In projecting risk-weighted assets, the               the Federal Reserve will account for the
                                                   Federal Reserve will generally assume that a            effect of changes associated with the                  [FR Doc. 2018–08006 Filed 4–24–18; 8:45 am]
                                                   covered company’s risk-weighted assets                  calculation of regulatory capital or changes to        BILLING CODE 6210–01–P
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:24 Apr 24, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\25APP2.SGM   25APP2



Document Created: 2018-11-02 08:17:33
Document Modified: 2018-11-02 08:17:33
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionNotice of proposed rulemaking with request for comment.
DatesComments must be received by June 25, 2018.
ContactLisa Ryu, Associate Director, (202) 263-4833, Constance Horsley, Deputy Associate Director, (202) 452-5239, (202) 475-6316, Juan Climent, Manager (202) 872-7526, Christine Graham, Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3005, Page Conkling, Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 912-4647, Joseph Cox, Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-3216, or Hillel Kipnis, Senior Financial Analyst, (202) 452-2924, Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough, Assistant General Counsel, (202) 452-2036, Julie Anthony, Counsel, (202) 475-6682, Mark Buresh, Senior Attorney, (202) 452-5270, Asad Kudiya, Senior Attorney, (202) 475-6358, or Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452-3722, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551. Users of Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263-4869.
FR Citation83 FR 18160 
CFR Citation12 CFR 217
12 CFR 225
12 CFR 252
CFR AssociatedAdministrative Practice and Procedure; Banks; Banking; Holding Companies; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Securities; Capital Planning; Stress Testing and Federal Reserve System

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR